the heffter review of psychedelic research, vol 1

Document technical information

Format pdf
Size 501.2 kB
First found Jun 9, 2017

Document content analysis

Language
English
Type
not defined
Concepts
no text concepts found

Persons

Jesus
Jesus

wikipedia, lookup

William James
William James

wikipedia, lookup

John Kitzhaber
John Kitzhaber

wikipedia, lookup

Edmund Hillary
Edmund Hillary

wikipedia, lookup

Robert F. Kennedy
Robert F. Kennedy

wikipedia, lookup

Sela Ward
Sela Ward

wikipedia, lookup

Arthur Heffter
Arthur Heffter

wikipedia, lookup

Organizations

Places

Transcript

WHAT IS THE HEFFTER RESEARCH INSTITUTE?
Given the paramount importance of the nature of the human mind to global existence, it is curious -- and
unsettling -- to realize how little we know about it. The mind is the source of all discovery and invention, yet the
relationship between brain and mind remains a mystery. Since our minds are our only means of solving the
problems we face on this planet, understanding how the mind works and the nature of its relationship to the brain
is an urgent and compelling priority.
Psychedelics have the unique ability to transform fundamentally the very functions that we consider
uniquely human: the way we think, feel, communicate, and solve problems. They shift our cognitive and symbolic
capacities, our aesthetic and spiritual sensibilities, and our linguistic and imaginative abilities; the very kinds of
brain functions that constitute the fabric of what we experience as mind. Because psychedelic agents are similar to
natural substances already present in the human brain, the careful study of their effects upon brain function and
experiences provides access to primary states of brain and mind and the connections between them. For these
reasons, research with psychedelic substances offers an unparalleled opportunity for understanding the relationship
of brain to mind in ways not possible using other methods. Indeed, it is the thesis of the Heffter Research Institute
that these substances represent an essential technology for this investigation. From the chemical and neurological
level, to the psychological and spiritual, psychedelic research is a complex and difficult area of exploration.
Nevertheless, the time has come to apply our scientific sophistication to explore the powerful influences of
psychedelics on the brain and mind.
For millennia, psychedelics played essential roles in the culture and spiritual practices of advanced
civilizations such as the Mayans, Greeks, and Indo-Aryans. These substances hold similar importance today in
many traditional non-Western societies. We are at an historic moment. Old social orders are changing rapidly.
Economic powers are restructuring for the future. There is widespread popular interest in the brain and mind as
never before. Interest in research with psychedelics seems to be growing, and yet organized financial support for
this work is on the wane. The Heffter Research Institute is uniquely poised to be a key player in the revival of
psychedelic research.
MISSION
The mission of the Heffter Research Institute is to conduct research of the highest scientific quality with
psychedelic substances in order to contribute to a greater understanding of the mind, leading to the improvement of
the human condition, and the alleviation of suffering. This mission has already begun to attract scientists and
researchers of the highest caliber. The information and new knowledge gained will be disseminated to the medical
and scientific communities.
The Heffter Research Institute was incorporated in New Mexico in 1993 as a non-profit, 501(c)(3)
organization in the belief that such research was not only viable but critically important. The Institute is named
after Dr. Arthur Heffter, a turn-of-the century German research pharmacologist who discovered that mescaline was
the principal psychoactive component in the peyote cactus.
The current political and intellectual climate offers new opportunities to reopen avenues of research that
have been extremely difficult, if not impossible, to pursue in the past within conventional frameworks.
Government agencies will provide support to legitimate researchers of psychedelic agents, as the Institute Founders
can testify from long periods of research funding. Nevertheless, when it comes to extending the investigations
from animal models to human subjects, or to testing hypotheses that the effects of psychedelics may in certain
circumstances be beneficial rather than entirely detrimental, the government's role as a supporter of research has
been insufficient.
In order for truly uncompromised and creative research in the field of psychedelic neuropsychopharmacology to have any hope of fulfilling its promise, it must be pursued from within the context of a research institute
whose operations and research programs are independent of government funding. The Heffter Research Institute
will neither condemn psychedelic drugs nor advocate their uncontrolled use. The sole position of the Institute in
this regard will be that psychedelic agents, utilized in thoughtfully designed and carefully conducted scientific
experiments, can be used to further the understanding of the mind.
ii
The Heffter Research Institute will provide support, facilities, and opportunities to conduct both basic and
clinical scientific research on psychedelic drugs that is legitimate and scientifically sound. The Institute is based
on the belief that such investigations hold great potential for producing genuine breakthroughs in the
understanding of the human mind. The Founders intend that the Heffter Research Institute will be an enduring
institution in the service of humankind.
The general objectives of The Heffter Institute include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Developing knowledge regarding, and standards of practice for, the appropriate and safe use of
psychedelic drugs in a medical context.
Conducting basic chemical, pharmacological, and neurobiological investigations on psychedelic
substances and their mechanisms of action.
Conducting ethnopharmacological investigations designed to clarify our understanding of the role
played by psychoactive plants in the religious, medical, and social institutions of other cultures.
Conducting phytochemical and pharmacological investigations of plants and other naturally
occurring materials, designed to discover, isolate, and characterize novel natural products with
psychedelic or other types of psychoactivity.
Publishing scientific reports, earning grants and awards; organizing and sponsoring scientific
conferences to present research results, and providing a forum for discussions of the appropriate
medical and scientific uses of psychedelic drugs.
Conducting clinical research studies to investigate potential therapeutic applications of psychedelic
drugs.
Informing the scientific and medical communities about the issues of safety, adverse effects, and
therapeutic potentials related to psychedelic drug use in a medical context.
BE A PARTNER IN THE INSTITUTE'S PROGRESS
The Heffter Research Institute invites the support of those who wish to help realize its unique and valuable
mission. Those individuals, corporations, and foundations, having the vision and commitment to help sponsor this
research enterprise, do so knowing that their contribution to the Institute and to the field of medicine is a critically
important one.
Gifts for research, operating support, and capital funds are welcomed. In addition to gifts of cash, the
Institute accepts gifts of securities as well as planned gifts and bequests. The Institute will work with a prospective
donor to help realize the fullest tax advantage possible.
THE CHALLENGE
The Heffter Research Institute's Board of Directors has embarked upon an ambitious course. At this
initial stage, research and start-up funds are needed to carry out our mission. Significant contributions will be
needed to reach the Institute's short and long-term goals. Potential donors are invited to contact the Institute at 330
Garfield, Suite 301 Santa Fe, NM 87501, to explore our World Wide Web site at http://www.heffter.org, or to
contact George Greer, M.D., by telephone: (505) 982-0312, Fax: (505) 992-8260, or INTERNET
([email protected]), to explore how they might wish to participate in this idea whose time has come.
iii
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research
Volume 1, 1998
Editor: David E. Nichols, Ph.D.
Published by:
The Heffter Research Institute
330 Garfield, Suite 301
Santa Fe, NM 87501
www.heffter.org
Cover Art: Genesis I, Benini, 1994, by permission of the artist
Cover design by Mark Plummer
List of Contributors
Callaway, Jace C., Ph.D., Department of Pharmacology and Toxicology, University of Kupio,
Kupio, Finland
Carter, Thomas J., Ph.D., Department of Computer Science and Cognitive Studies, California
State University, Turlock, California
Geyer, Mark A., Ph.D., Dept of Psychiatry, School of Medicine, University of California at San
Diego, La Jolla, California
Gouzoulis-Mayfrank, Euphrosyne, M.D., Psychiatric Department of the Technical University
(RWTH), D-52074 Aachen, Germany
Grinenko, A. Ya, M.D., Ph.D., Research Laboratory, Leningrad Regional Dispensary of
Narcology, Leningrad Region, Russia
Grob, Charles S., M.D., Dept of Psychiatry, Harbor-UCLA Medical Center, Torrance, California
90509
Hermle, Leo, M.D., Psychiatric and Neurological Hospital “Christophsbad” Faurndauerstrasse 628, D-73035 Göppingen, Germany
Krupitsky, Evgeny M., M.D., Ph.D., Research Laboratory, Leningrad Regional Dispensary of
Narcology, Leningrad Region, Russia
McKenna, Dennis J., Ph.D., P.O. Box 224, Marine on St. Croix, Minnesota 55047
Myers, Lin S., Ph.D., Departments of Psychology, Computer Science and Cognitive Studies,
California State University, Turlock, California
Nichols, David E., Ph.D., Dept of Medicinal Chemistry and Molecular Pharmacology, School of
Pharmacy and Pharmacal Sciences, Purdue University, W. Lafayette, Indiana 47907
Schultes, Richard Evans, Ph.D., Director Emeritus, Harvard Botanical Museum, Cambridge,
Massachusetts
Vollenweider, Franz X., M.D., Program on neurobiology, University of Zurich Medical Faculty,
Psychiatric University Hospital, Research Department, Zurich, Switzerland
Walsh, Roger, M.D., Department of Psychiatry and Human Behavior, College of Medicine,
University of California at Irvine, Irvine, California
Watkins, Shelly S., M.A., Department of Neuropharmacology, The Scripps Research Institute, La
Jolla, California.
iv
Foreword
There has been an extensive polarization of both political and public opinion over the last ten
years in the area of drug use. The phrase "drug abuse" has been promoted into the role of a metaphor
for the problems in our society, and it has become the straw man for their solution. If we could win
the "war on drugs" we would have no more problems with crime (or poverty, or racism, or street
gangs, or illiteracy) and our social system would again become healthy and stable. The blaming of all
of our problems on the drug abusers of today is a chilling parallel to the assigned role of the Jews as
the target problem in Germany, in the mid-30's. It is as if there are two opposite camps, the drug
warriors and the legalizers. If you were to speak against one, you would be branded a member of the
other. Neither statesmen nor politicians can dare voice any rationality in these areas of controversy
as neither chose to be branded as a spokesman for the other side. Quite literally, the arena has
become a, "If you are not for us, you are against us," dichotomy, and there is less and less dialog
occurring. At the Congressional level, any new law that mentions the word "drug' in the definition of
a crime or the increasing of a penalty against crime, is rarely opposed. Any counter arguer would be
seen as "soft on drugs," and would fear losing voter support. In recent years, even the Supreme Court
has voted more and more frequently on the side of perceived public response to their decision, rather
than on the Constitutional fine print, when an appeal being considered has involved the word, "drug."
Even simple phrases have become loaded sound-bites. A convention on harm reduction in the
area of drug use or the potential medical uses of marijuana will be seen by law enforcement and the
political establishment as a gathering of drug legalizers, and they will condemn it from a distance. A
convention on international precursor control or the neurological risks associated with the use of
illegal drugs will be seen by the medical and academic community as a gathering of politically
motivated authority figures who wish to limit our freedoms for socially valid reasons. There is no
question but that the pendulum is swinging more and more to the side of restrictions and punishment,
but any voice that speaks too loudly against this position is condemned as "sending the wrong
message."
In the medical area, this division is extreme. The definition of a Schedule I drug is that it has a
high abuse potential and no accepted medical utility. Yet there is no provision for any abuse
potential other than "high" nor any statutory guidance as to what would constitute "accepted."
There is the voice of the "drug warrior" camp that there can be no toleration of any use of a
scheduled drug until it has been proven to be safe. There is the counter voice of the "legalizers" that
there is no research permitted to establish hazard and, furthermore, there is no definition of the
nature of the needed evidence that would constitute proof of safety.
The extremes of this positional separation are just as dramatic in the area of scientific research.
In the academic world there has been a gradual shifting of research funding sources from the interests
of the University to the interests of the Government. Today a very large percentage of research at
both the graduate and the post-doctoral levels is supported by grants from any of several institutes in
Washington. And, as the recipients of these grants are increasingly beholden to the political bodies
that fund them, they effectively define what is acceptable science. Whereas grant applications were
originally chosen to reflect the questions arising out of the curiosity of the experimenter, now they
usually reflect the quest for answers that would be of interest to the funder. And again, in the area of
drugs this is strongly biased towards the perceived need for information that would support the war on
drugs and further justify its escalation. Many grants are awarded specifically to document some
negative property of a given drug, rather than simply to search for the properties of that drug.
I would like to propose a middle ground within this turmoil. The perceived "drug" crisis is
thought by most people to reflect the use of stimulants and narcotics, with a generous sprinkling of
marijuana. There are obvious problems with the stimulants, cocaine and methamphetamine, as well
as with the depressants opium and heroin. And marijuana is the favorite bête noire as it is the de
facto major justification for our entire law enforcement's existence. Without this plant, our need of
drug law enforcement would collapse to about one fifth of where it is today. But, almost unnoticed
are the psychedelic drugs which are quite different and distinct. They have been caught up in this
anti-drug rubric, even though very few problems have been specifically associated with this minor
v
category. A few of them, such as LSD and MDMA, have become front-page stuff, and occasionally
there are scare stories in the papers concerning novelties such as toad-licking and mushrooms. But to
a large measure, this psychedelic fringe is neither newsworthy nor threatening, within the public
awareness. It rests there largely as an unknown.
Perhaps we can use this relative anonymity as a modest platform, as a foundation, for the
development of a research philosophy that is, truly, on middle ground. The political community,
along with the law enforcement and the fundamentalist communities, have all found positions at the
extremes, and they cannot take a position that even recognizes a middle ground. When a statement
is made by a person in power demanding agreement and compliance concerning some evil drug
matter, almost all public figures accept and support his statement. In private, there might be some
reservations, but in public there are none. The political position has been lost. But maybe the
scientific position has not yet been committed.
Might this community begin to ask questions about a drug such as, "What is its action?" rather
than, "Does it have a good or a bad action?" "What is the mechanism of action?" rather than,
"What is the mechanism of neurotoxicity?" Small changes such as these would in no way change the
intended research protocols, and what is to be observed will still be observed.
Many scientists in the academic community are to some degree intimidated by subtle restraints,
and are thus unable to talk with complete candor. But I believe that it is in this very community that
the battle-lines of the war on drugs have not yet been cast in stone, and that honest inquiry might
still be sought.
Here is a request to the scientists of the world. The next time you submit a grant proposal, state
your questions as being from your curiosity, rather than from a search for answers that might bring
you government approval. Think twice about framing your question as an answer that you expect to
verify experimentally. The excitement of science is in discovery, not in confirmation.
As research scientists, we still command a broad audience, and we do not need to become political
lackeys. We must remain articulate. We must remain sincere. And we must retain our integrity.
We are the middle ground in a very polarized system, and we must confirm and expand that central
position.
Alexander Shulgin
Lafayette, California
vi
Preface
On November 23, 1897, Dr. Arthur Heffter, an outstanding German scientist with training in
chemistry, pharmacology, and medicine, performed a careful self experiment with one of the
alkaloids that he had isolated from a small cactus. On the 100th anniversary of that date, it seems an
auspicious time to be introducing what we hope will be the first of a series of Reviews, named in
honor of Dr. Heffter.
The results he obtained on that day established for the first time that a specific chemical
substance, which he named mescaline, was responsible for the dramatic and profound psychopharmacological effects that followed the ingestion of a small Southwestern American cactus that had been
named peyotl by the Aztec Indians. This cactus, now known as peyote (Lophophora williamsii) was
the subject of intense intellectual curiosity in the early part of the 20th century. It presently serves
as the sacrament for the Native American Church but has been utilized for millenia as the focus of
religious rituals by indigenous Indian peoples in the Americas.
In 1943, Dr. Albert Hofmann, a research chemist working at the Sandoz laboratories in Basle,
Switzerland, accidentally discovered that a substance he had synthesized in 1938, named LSD-25, had
similar profound effects on the psyche. Thus began a relatively short-lived saga that led Dr.
Hofmann to isolate and identify a number of active principles from “magical” substances that had
been used since antiquity by preindustrial cultures. While mescaline is a simple phenethylamine,
perhaps more closely related in structure to the neurotransmitter known as dopamine, it proved to be
the case that LSD, certain active principles in the seeds of morning glories and related plants, in
various psilocybe mushrooms, and in numerous snuffs and plant decoctions used by South American
Indians were all built around a chemical scaffold known as tryptamine, the same template upon which
the ancient and natural brain neurotransmitter known as serotonin is constructed. The discovery of
LSD, and the recognition of this chemical relationship, helped to catalyze the revolution in
neuroscience that continues today, and led to early awareness of the importance of the role of
serotonin in the brain.
While there was a period during the 1950s where artists and philosophers explored the
magical properties of these newly rediscovered but ancient materials, ultimately their profound and
ineffable effects on the human psyche have led to widespread use by generations of adolescents. Of
course, no one reading this material will be unfamiliar with the fact that these substances, known
variously as psychedelics or hallucinogens, are now classified in a restrictive drug category that seems
to hold the attention of only a handful of research scientists throughout the world. It has been the
aim of the Heffter Research Institute (http://www.heffter.org) to foster and maintain research interest
in these substances, until the day that their value as research tools and potential therapeutic agents
may again be recognized.
There has been no generally recognized forum for the discussion of psychedelic agents by
scientists for many years. Many current sources are anonymously authored, and contain anecdotes,
the equivalent of old wife’s tales, or urban myths, serving only to propagate and create
misinformation, something the Heffter Institute adamantly opposes. It is the aim of the Institute,
with this inaugural volume, to begin the periodic publication of a series of reviews that will place into
perspective current research with psychedelic agents. It is hoped that in these pages, and in future
volumes of the Review, a dialogue can be maintained that will convey to readers a real impression of
the state of the art in this exciting research arena. Theoretical, practical, and clinical issues will be
addressed and as time passes we hope that the number and scope of the contributions to the review
will increase.
David E. Nichols
West Lafayette, Indiana
Mark A. Geyer
San Diego, California
November 1997
vii
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
1. Antiquity of the Use of New World Hallucinogens
Richard Evans Schultes, Ph.D., F.M.L.S
“In the exudates and decoctions from trees and herbs, man has found principles that have permitted him
to experience a kinship with the whole of creation.” -- William Emboden (1979)
Abstract:
A review of psychoactive plants known from archaeological contexts and artistic representations shows that
their use has spanned centuries, continuing in places in Mexico and South America to the present day. The
discovery of the unusual properties of these plants took place as part of the exploration of the physical milieu of the
Western Hemisphere. That these plants must in some cases be made into infusions in order to be consumed reveals
ancient enterprise in manipulating aspects of the environment. The surprising results obtained from treating
psychoactive plants allowed their users to communicate more directly with the unseen world which they believed to
exist.
It was the great German toxicologist Louis Lewin (1931) who wrote that "from the beginning of our
knowledge of man, we find him consuming substances of no nutritive value, but taken for the sole purpose of
producing for a certain time a feeling of contentment, ease and comfort."
There is ample material proof that narcotics and other psychoactive plants, such as hallucinogens, were
employed in many cultures in both hemispheres thousands of years ago. The material proof exists in some
archaeological specimens of the plants in contexts indicating magico-religious use and in art forms such as
paintings, rock carvings, golden amulets, ceramic artifacts, stone figurines, and monuments.
the grave with great care, gave positive tests for
caffeine after 1500 years (Schultes 1972).
Several caffeine-yielding species of Ilex have
been the source of beverages, especially yerba maté
in Argentina, yaupon in the southeastern United
States, shui-chatze in Tibet and China (Hartwich
1911; Hu 1979). The presence in the Bolivian burial
of so much equipment associated with snuffing and
the actual remnants of a powder clearly indicate that
the leaves were taken as a snuff: there is no reason to
believe that caffeine administered in this way would
not be absorbed into the general circulation through
the nasal mucosa. This discovery is the only one
which unequivocally shows that a caffeine-rich
product was used as a snuff.
If the extra tubes are correctly interpreted as
clysters, they may further indicate application by
enema, in which caffeine could likewise be absorbed
into the general circulation. No caffeine-rich plant
has ever been known to have been used in this way,
although rectal administration of tobacco, yopo, and
other drugs in the New World is clearly
substantiated.
Aquifoliaceae Guayusa (Ilex Guayusa)
Guayusa, while probably not hallucinogenic as
ordinarily used, is definitely psychoactive, due to its
high concentration of caffeine. A tea of the leaves is
still used by the Jivaro and other Indians in Ecuador
as a stimulant and, in highly concentrated doses, as
an emetic for purification before ceremonies or
important tribal conferences. These functions were
well developed long before the Spanish Conquest,
and the Jesuits early established a lucrative market
for the leaves in Europe as a cure for syphilis and
other diseases; according to their records, they
maintained a large plantation of Ilex Guayusa in
southern Colombia, the remnants of which can still
be seen (Patiño 1968; Schultes 1979). Today,
guayusa leaves are sold for medicinal purposes in
Quito, Ecuador, and Pasto, Colombia, where they
were believed to cure a wide spectrum of ills.
It was with great surprise that an archaeological
find indicated the early use of these leaves in distant
Bolivia. In the tomb of a medicine man of the
culture, dated about A.D. 500, were found several
perfectly preserved bundles of flattened leaves neatly
tied with fibrous material. In association with these
bundles was a snuffing tube, other tubes that have
been interpreted as clysters, bamboo storage tubes for
powder, spatulas, snuff trays, and a mortar and
pestle. The guayusa leaves, which were prepared for
Yaupon (Ilex vomitoria)
In the southeastern part of the United States, the
Indians were employing a strong tea of Ilex
vomitoria - known as the Black Drink - as a
1
Schultes, Antiquity of Hallucinogen Use
now known that mushroom ceremonies in southern
Mexico use at least two dozen species of mushrooms
in several genera, the most important being
Stropharia, Psilocybe, and Panaeolus (Guzmán 1959;
1977; Heim 1963; Ott and Bigwood 1978; Schultes
1939; 1969; Singer 1958; Wasson 1973; Wasson and
Wasson 1957).
The mushrooms are usually employed fresh and
dry. Their shamanistic use is today extraordinarily
important, especially among the Indians of Oaxaca.
The officiating shaman in tribes of southern Mexico
- Mazatecs, Zapotecs, and others - may often be a
woman.
The all-night ceremony among the
Mazatecs of the Sierra Juarez of Oaxaca often
includes a curing ritual; the most famous of the
shamans of this region, Maria Sabina, sings
throughout the night and prays for power from
spiritual realms through the mushrooms. Since the
modern ceremony is part-Christian, part pagan, all
possible help is implored. The following sampling
of the night-long chants in Mazatec (translated)
shows their variety:
ceremonial stimulant and emetic when the first
Europeans arrived (Hale 1891; Milanich 1979).
This tea was made by boiling large doses of leaves
for a long time, until the resulting solution was a
dark green. In such concentrated infusions, the plant
easily acts as an emetic and, so far as we know from
early records, this ritualistic cleansing of the body
before important tribal convocations was its
principal use amongst the American Indians - a
custom closely paralleled by the use of guayusa today
among the Jivaros of Ecuador.
Evidence of its use in North America from
archaeological contexts is circumstantial but
convincing. Cult objects from gravesites such as
shell drinking cups engraved with cult symbols have
been interpreted as vessels for the ceremony of the
Black Drink. These shell cups, dating ca. A.D.
1200, were widespread in the Southeast. Residues
believed to be from evaporated Black Drink have
been found in some (Milanich 1979).
Bolbitiaceae, Strophariaceae
Teonanacatl (Stropharia cubensis; Panaeolus
sphinctrinus)
The law which is good
Lawyer woman am I.
Woman of paper work am I.
I go to the sky,
Woman who stops the world am I.
Legendary woman who cures am I.
Father Jesus Christ
I am truly a woman of law,
I am truly a woman of justice...
Woman of space am I,
Woman of day am I,
Woman of light am I...
I give account to my Lord
And I give account to the judge,
And I give account to the government,
And I give account to the Father Jesus Christ,
And my mother princess, my patron mother.
Oh, Jesus, Father Jesus Christ,
Woman of danger am I,
Woman of beauty am I...
The early Spanish ecclesiastics in conquered
Mexico were much disturbed by pagan religions
centered upon the sacramental use of several
mushrooms known in Nahuatl as teonanacatl ("flesh
of the gods"). Divination, prophecy, communion
with the spirit world, and curing rituals depended
upon the narcotic intoxication induced by these
mushrooms and interpretation of the visual and/or
auditory hallucinations accompanying the intoxication. Persecution drove these Indian practices into
the hinterland, so no archaeological evidence of the
magico-religious use of mushrooms was found for a
long time. It was even doubted that teonanacatl was
a mushroom; the idea that, because a dried
mushroom resembled the dried top of the peyote
cactus, teonanacatl was but another name for peyote
was widely accepted (Safford 1915). Not until the
late 1930s and early 1940s were identifiable
mushrooms collected from contexts interpreted as
ceremonial (Schultes 1939). The modern center of
the area in which this mushroom is used is in the
Mexican state of Oaxaca, among the Mazatecs.
The velada or mushroom ceremony among the
Mazatecs is usually held in response to a request by a
person needing to consult the mushrooms about a
problem. A complicated diagnostic or curing ritual
frequently takes place during an all-night ceremony
(Schultes 1939; Wasson et al. 1974). One or two
monitors who do not take the mushrooms must be
present to listen to what is said. Certain abstinences
must be practiced preparatory to the ceremony. It is
The antiquity of sacred mushroom cults in
Mexico and adjacent areas is now well established,
and they appear to have deep roots in centuries of
native tradition. Frescoes from central Mexico dated
to AD 300, indicate that mushroom worship goes
back at least 1700 years (Wasson 1980). Stylized
mushroom caps - undoubtedly Psilocybe aztecorum decorate the pedestal of a statue of Xochipili (Aztec
god of flowers) discovered on the slopes of Mount
Popocatepetl and dated to approximately AD 1450
(Wasson 1973). A terra-cotta artifact, ca. 100-300
AD, found in Colimo, shows figures dancing around
2
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
williamsii), today widely valued as a sacred
intoxicant in magico-religious ceremonies in central
and northern Mexico and the basis of a religious cult
among Indians of the United States and Canada was of great age. It is the spineless top of the peyote
cactus that is usually taken in Indian ceremonies.
Most frequently, it is dried into a so-called "peyote
button," but sometimes the freshly severed crown of
the plant may be used (Schultes 1938). The Huichol
Indians of Mexico, for example, make an annual
sacred pilgrimage to Wiricuta - home of the peyote
plant - to collect with complex ceremonies enough
crowns of the cactus for use during the coming year
(Furst 1972; Meyerhoff 1974). In the United States,
in regions far removed from areas in which peyote
exists, the members of the peyote cult, organized into
the Native American Church, may receive their
supplies of peyote quite legally in the form of dried
peyote buttons (Schultes 1937). These "buttons" are
consumed ceremonially with no preparation. Held in
the mouth until thoroughly moistened, they are then
swallowed; a native worshipper in the all-night
peyote ceremony in the United States may consume
up to 25 or 30 buttons in one night (La Barre 1964).
There is now firm evidence of the great
antiquity of the reverence of this cactus as a divine or
sacred plant. The earliest European reports of peyote
intimate that the Chicimecos and Toltecs of Mexico
were acquainted with it as early as 300 BC, although
the accuracy of the dating depends on the
interpretation of native calendars (Anderson 1980;
Schultes 1938); thus the date may even be earlier.
Recent archeological finds in shelters and caves
in the Cuatro Cienegas Basin in Coahuila, Mexico,
and trans-Pecos, Texas, dated by 14C and spanning
some 8000 years of intermittent human occupation,
included, among other plant remains, identifiable
specimens of Lophophora williamsii - often in
abundance and in a context that suggests ritual use.
The peyote was accompanied by quantities of seeds
of the hallucinogenic red bean (Sophora
secundiflora) and the toxic Mexican buckeye
(Ungnadia speciosa) which is suspected to be
psychotropic (Adovasio and Fry 1976).
Of great significance are ceramic bowls from
Colima, Mexico, dated about 100 BC to 200-300
AD, with four peyote like ornaments and a male
hunchbacked figure (also from Colima and of the
same age) holding a pair of peyote plants (Furst
1974). It has been suggested that the plants in the
Colima peyote effigy may indicate incipient or
temporary domestication of the cactus in prehistoric
times.
a Psilocybe-like mushroom (Furst 1974). Clay
figurines with mushroom effigy "horns" from Jalisco
are about 1800 years old (Furst 1974). A terra-cotta
figurine of the Remojadas style found in Vera Cruz
depicts a curandera praying over a mushroom; the
artifact is about 2000 years old (Heim 1967).
Even more remarkable are the so-called
"mushroom stones" found at highland Mayan sites in
Guatemala. These are dated at about 500 BC or
earlier. Each consists of on upright stipe with a
human or animal figure, the whole crowned with an
umbrella-shaped top.
Long puzzling to
archeologists, they were once interpreted as phallic
symbols. Now it is quite widely accepted that they
were associated with a mushroom cult, perhaps, as
has been suggested, with a Meso-American ball
game ritual, itself a religious ceremony. These
artifacts appear to indicate a very early sophisticated
mushroom cult far beyond the present Mexican
geographical limits of the magico-religious use of
the fungi (Borhegyi 1961; Furst 1974; Mayer 1977;
Ott and Bigwood 1978).
There is today no evidence that hallucinogenic
mushrooms are ceremonially employed by Indian
groups in South America. It is possible, however,
that they were so used in northern Colombia at a
period from 100 to 350 AD. In the Gold Museum in
Bogota, there are many anthropomorphic pectorals
from the Sinú Culture (Schultes and Bright 1979).
The earlier, more realistic of these gold artifacts
have hemispherical caps separated from the head by
definite stipes; in later models, both the human
figure and the dome shaped cap become stylized the domes losing their stipe and becoming affixed
directly to the idol. These spherical domes have led
to their identification as pectorals for lack of a better
explanation of their use, "telephone bell gods",
because of the two domes on the heads that
suggested old fashioned telephones. Significant is
the presence on many of these pectorals of a toad or
frog, animals of great magico-religious importance
in connection with intoxication in ancient and
modern Andean cultures. The discovery in the
region of the Sinú Culture of a number of species of
Psilocybe, some of which are provided with the
hallucinogenic constituent psilocybin, strengthens
the suggestion that these pectorals may indicate the
ceremonial use of psychoactive mushrooms in
magico-religious rituals among the Indians of
northern Colombia (Schultes and Bright 1979).
Cactaceae
Peyote (Lophophora williamsii) - It has long
been suspected that the use of the Mexican
hallucinogenic
cactus
peyote
(Lophophora
3
Schultes, Antiquity of Hallucinogen Use
alkaloid that is responsible for the visions induced by
the peyote cactus (Schultes 1980).
San Pedro Cactus (Trichocereus pachanoi)
There exists today a folk-healing ceremony
based in part on the use of the hallucinogenic cactus
known in Andean South America as San Pedro, San
Pedrillo, aguacolla, and gigantón. A brew of the
stems of this tall cactus is prepared, often with other
psychoactive plants added (e.g., the Solanaceous
Brugmansia candida or floripondio). The brew is
employed in magic ceremonies, as a medicine and to
protect homes, "as if it were a dog." A drink
prepared of the soft interior of the stems of the cactus
is also administered in ceremonial contexts. In the
highland Indian markets of Peru and Bolivia, cut
pieces of the stem of the cactus are sold for
preparation of the sacred, intoxicating drink. The
San Pedro cactus is now widely employed in Peru
and Bolivia in curing ceremonies that combine
Christian and pre-Columbian native elements (Davis
1983; Sharon 1972; 1978). The use of this cactus
goes far back in prehistory, and there is evidence
that its ritual utilization was widespread in the
central Andes at the time of the Spanish Conquest.
There exist two references to this "plant with which
the devil deceived the Indians" from European
ecclesiastical reports of the mid-fifteenth century
(Sharon 1972).
There are, in addition, artifacts that indicate that
its use in Peru goes back at least three thousand
years. The oldest known evidence of this kind is a
stone excavated at Chavín de Huantar in the
northern Peruvian Andes; dating from about 1300
BC, it is carved with a mythological being holding a
section of stem of the cactus. Chavín textiles from
the south coastal region of Peru show the cactus in
association with the jaguar, an animal associated
throughout Andean South America with intoxication
and hallucinogens; these textiles are dated in the
first millennium BC (Sharon 1972). Ceramics dating
from 500 to 1000 AD depict sections of the San
Pedro cactus together with the jaguar (Furst 1972).
The use of this hallucinogen apparently continued on
the southern coast of Peru after the decline of the
Chavín influence; four ceramic urns in the form of
mummy bundles from the Nasca culture, dated from
100 BC to AD 500 have been found with
representations of the stem of the cactus protruding
from each shoulder (Sharon 1972). In northern
Peru, ceramic vessels with representations of San
Pedro date to about 400 to 200 BC. (Sharon 1972).
At the present time, the ritual is extensively
practiced by shamans in the coastal regions of Peru,
where it has heavy Christian overtones (Sharon
1972). Trichocereus pachanoi has as its active
hallucinogenic constituent mescaline, the same
Convolvulaceae
Ololiuqui (Turbina
violacea)
corymbosa,
Ipomoea
A number of Spanish chroniclers of the time of
the Conquest of Mexico described in detail the
religious and medicinal use of a small lentil-like
seed known to the Aztecs as ololiuqui. Its source
was a vine called coatlxoxouhqui, which was clearly
a morning glory (Reko 1934; Schultes 1941). For
nearly four centuries, no species of the Morning
Glory Family was found in use as a divinatory
hallucinogen, and no psychoactive principle was
known until recently in the family Convolvulaceae.
Many .writers accepted the suggestion that ololiuqui
was a member of the toxic Nightshade Family (a
species of Datura), although there were voices of
protest (Reko 1934). It was not until the 1930s that
identifiable material associated with its magicoreligious use as collected in Oaxaca (Schultes 1941).
The source plant encountered "in almost all the
villages of Oaxaca (where) one finds seeds still
serving the natives as an ever present help in time of
trouble" (Wasson 1963).
The use of these morning glory seeds as sacred
intoxicants in curative ceremonies of ancient origin
seems to be focused in Oaxaca, Mexico. In the
Mazatec country of that state, the seeds must be
ground on a metate (quern) by a maiden and
prepared in a cold-water solution. The resulting
drink is given to the patient, and the mumblings that
he makes during his intoxication are interpreted by
on assistant whose task is to listen.
Two species of morning glories are employed in
Oaxaca: Turbina corymbosa with small, round,
brown seeds, and Ipomoea violacea with larger,
angular, jet black seeds. The chemical constituents
in the two species differ. The total ergoline alkaloid
content of the seeds of the former species is 0.012
percent, whereas of the latter it is 0.06 percent. This
fact explains why Indians use smaller quantities of
seeds of I. violacea than of T. corymbosa (Schultes
1980).
Ololiuqui was one of the most important
hallucinogens in ancient Mexico. The plant is
depicted in mural painting at Teotihuacan and
Tepantitla. These murals show the water goddess
with a stylized vine of the sacred hallucinogenic
morning glory (Furst 1974).
We know much about the pre-Conquest use of
ololiuqui because of the numerous detailed reports
made immediately after the arrival of the Spaniards.
The personal physician of the king of Spain, Dr.
4
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
true of yopo, a hallucinogenic snuff prepared from
the beans of a leguminous tree - Anadenanthera
peregrina, formerly known by the binomial
Piptadenia peregrina (Altschul 1964).
This
psychoactive powder was widely used in much of the
Caribbean (where it was known as cohoba) at the
time of the Spanish Conquest (Safford 1916) but it
persists now only in the Orinoco of Colombia and
Venezuela and adjacent parts of Brazil (Altschul
1972; Safford 1916). Archaeological remains of
snuffing tubes and trays can definitely be associated
with the use of this hallucinogen (Torres et al. 1991).
The first scientific report of yopo was given by the
explorer Baron von Humboldt, who witnessed the
preparation of the snuff on the Rio Orinoco in 1801
(Schultes and Hofmann 1980). The British botanist
Spruce in 1851 offered an extremely detailed
description of the preparation and use of the drug
(ibid.). The glossy black beans -five to twenty in
each pod - are toasted and pulverized. The powder
is then sifted and mixed in equal parts with the
alkaline ashes of certain barks or leaves, especially
ashes of the bark of a wild member of Theobroma,
the genus that yields cacao or chocolate (ibid.).
A missionary in the Colombian Orinoco wrote
in 1560 that the Indians living along the Rio
Guaviare "are accustomed to take yopo and tobacco,
and the former is a seed or pip of a tree . . . they
become drowsy while the devil, in their dreams,
shows them all the vanities and corruptions he
wishes them to see and which they take to be true
revelations in which they believe, even if told they
will die" (Schultes and Hofmann 1979). Yopo was
so important in pre-Conquest Colombia that Indians
of the highlands, where the tree will not grow,
acquired the drug in trade from the tropical
lowlands.
Yopo snuff is often token daily as a stimulant,
but it is more commonly employed by payés
("medicine men") to induce trances and visions and
communicate with the hekula spirits; to prophesy or
divine; to protect the tribe against epidemics of
sickness; to make hunters and even their dogs more
alert. Yopo is quick acting. It first causes a profuse
flow of mucous from the nasal passages and
occasionally a noticeable quivering of the muscles,
particularly of the arms, and a contorted expression
of the face. This period soon gives way to one in
which the shamans begin to prance, gesticulating
and shrieking violently. This expenditure of energy
to frighten away the hekula spirits lasts up to an
hour. Eventually fully spent, the shamans fall into a
trance-like stupor, during which nightmarish
hallucinations are experienced.
In the more southerly parts of South America,
the Indians prepared a snuff from another species of
Francisco Hernández, wrote of the medicinal and
magico-religious use of ololiuqui among the Aztecs
between 1570 and 1575, a five-year period during
which he was studying the native medicinal plants of
Mexico; he figured the source plant was a morning
glory (Schultes 1941). A painting in the Florentine
Codex definitely illustrates a morning glory which
the Spanish ecclesiastical authorities considered a
gift of the devil (ibid.).
Leguminosae
Red Bean
secundiflora)
or
Mescal
Bean
(Sophora
The red seeds of Sophora secundiflora, a
beautiful shrub of the dry parts of northern Mexico
and the southwestern United States, once formed the
basis of a vision-seeking ceremony practiced by a
number of Indian tribes (Adovasio and Fry 1976;
Schultes 1969; Schultes and Hofmann 1979). The
ceremony was known variously as the Red Bean
Dance, the Wichita Dance, or the Deer Dance
(Campbell 1958). The ingestion of the red beans is
extremely dangerous, since the active alkaloid cytisine - is highly toxic and can cause death by
asphyxiation, by attacking the phrenic nerve
controlling movement of the diaphragm. As the
ritual employment of the safe peyote cactus spread
northward from Mexico, the use of the red bean
gradually died out, although it is believed that
occasionally both hallucinogens were taken together
in the early days of peyote use in the United States.
It is true, however, that today in certain American
tribes part of the ritual dress of the leader of the
peyote ceremony consists of a necklace of this once
sacred narcotic seed - the only vestige of the former
role of this toxic hallucinogen. Cabeza de Vaca, one
of the early Spanish explorers of Texas, reported in
1539 that these seeds were an article of trade among
the Indians of the region (Schultes 1980). Now,
however, there is archaeological evidence for the use
of Sophora secundiflore (Adovasio and Fry 1976).
Caches of the red bean have been discovered in
numerous archaeological sites in northeastern
Mexico and trans-Pecos Mexico, often in association
with peyote and Mexican buckeye seeds. These sites,
dated by 14C, span the period from 7000 BC to AD
1000. The vegetal materials often provided evidence
of potential ceremonial use, possibly in a hunting
cult (Adovasio and Fry 1976).
Yopo and Vilca
(Anadenanthera peregrina and A. colubrina)
It is not usual that archaeological remains of
plants are found in the wet tropics, although this is
5
Schultes, Antiquity of Hallucinogen Use
Campbell, T. N. (1958) Origin of the Mescal Bean
Cult. American Anthropologist 60: 156-160.
Davis E. W (1983) Sacred Plants of the San Pedro
Cult. Botanical Museum Leaflets (Harvard
University) 29: 367-386
Furst, P. T. (1972) To Find Our Life: Peyote among
the Huichol Indians of Mexico. In: Furst, P.T.
(Ed.) Flesh of the Gods. New York, Praeger, pp.
136-184.
Furst, P. T. (1974) Hallucinogens in Precolumbian
Art. In: King, E.M. and Traylor (Ed.) Art and
Environment in Native America. Texas
Technical University, Special Publications of the
Museum, no. 7, pp. 55-102.
Guzmán, H. G. (1959) Sinopsis de los conocimientos
sobre los hongos aluciogenos mexicanos. Boletin
Sociedad Botánico de Mexico 24: 14-34.
Guzmán, H. G. (1977) Identificación de los Hongos
Comestibles y Alucinantes.
Mexico City,
Editorial Limusa.
Hale, E. M. (1891) Ilex cassine, the Aboriginal
North American Tea. U.S.D.A Division of
Botany Bulletin 14: 7-22., Washington, D.C.,
Govt. Printing Office
Hartwich, C. (1911) Die menschlichen Genusmittel.
Leipzig, Chr. Herm. Tauchnitz.
Heim, R. (1963) les Champignons toxiques et
hallucinogénes. Paris, N. Boubée et Cie.
Hu, Shiu-Ying (1979) The Botany of Yaupon. In:
Hudson, C.M. (Ed.) Black Drink - A Native
American Tea. Athens, University of Georgia
Press, pp. 10-39.
la Barre, W. (1938) The Peyote Cult. Yale University
Publications in Anthropology, no. 19. New
Haven, Yale University Press; rev. ed., Shoe
String Press, Inc., Hamden, Connecticut (1964).
Lewin, L.
(1931) Phantastica: Narcotic and
Stimulating Drugs. London, Kegan Paul,
Trench, Trubner & Co., Ltd.
Moyer, K. H. (1977) The Mushroom Stones of
Mesoamerica. Ramona, California, Acoma
Books.
Meyerhoff, B. G. (1974) Peyote Hunt. The Sacred
Journey of the Huichol Indians. Ithaca, Cornell
University Press.
Milanich, J. T. (1979) Origins and Prehistoric
Distributions of Black Drink and the
Ceremoniol Shell Drinking Cup. In: Hudson,
C.M. (Ed.) Black Drink - A Native American
Tea. Athens, University of Georgia Press, pp.
83-119.
Ott, J. and J. Bigwood, (Eds.) (1978) Teonanacatl.
Hallucinogenic Mushrooms of North America,
part I: 5-113. Seattle, Washington, Madrona
Publishers.
Anadenanthera: A. colubrina (Califano 1976). It is
still employed by Indians in northern Argentina,
where it is known as huilca or vilca and cebil
(Altschul 1967). There is evidence from native art
that vilca was a plant associated in Peru with
mythology.
Concluding Remarks
The discovery of plants with psychoactivity must
be attributed to millennia of trial and error
experimentation with most or all of the plants in the
ambient vegetation of native peoples. There can be
no other explanation. When the unearthly and
inexplicably weird physical and psychic effects of
these few plants were experienced, it did not take
long for primitive societies to regard them as sacred
elements of the flora, and their use eventually fell
into the province of the shamans or medicine men
who explained their effects as proof that these
species were the home of spirits or spiritual forces
enabling man through various hallucinations to
communicate with ancestors or with spirits in the
outer realms.
Thus, most of these powerful members of the
vegetal kingdom became the central figures in
magico-religious rituals - rituals which have
persisted in many regions to the present time. The
role of the plants, as archaeological artifacts and
other ancient records attest, has changed little with
the passage of time. They remain, in effect, what
has been called "plants of the gods."
References
Adovasio, J. M. and G. F. Fry (1976) Prehistoric
Psychotropic Drug Use in Northeastern Mexico
and Trans-Pecos Texas. Economic Botany 30:
94-96.
Altschul, S. von R. (1964) A Taxonomic Study of
the Genus Anadenanthera. Contrib. Gray Herb.
193. 3-65.
Schultes, R. E., Vilca and its Use. (1967) In: Efron,
D.H. (Ed.) Ethnopharmacologic Search for
Psychoactive Drugs. Washington, D.C., US.
Public Health Service Publ. no. 1645, pp. 307314
Schultes, R. E., The Genus Anadenanthera in
Amerindian Cultures. (1972) Cambridge, Mass.,
Botanical Museum, Harvard University.
Anderson, E. F. (1980) Peyote - the Divine Cactus.
Tucson, University of Arizona Press.
Borhegyi, S. A. (1961) Miniature Mushroom Stones
from Guatemala. American Antiquity 26: 498504.
Califano, M. (1976) El Chamanismo Mataco.
Scripta Ethnologica no. 3, pt. 2- 7-60
6
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
Schultes, R. E. and A. Hofmann (1980) The Botany
and Chemistry of Hallucinogens. 2nd ed.,
Springfield, Illinois, Charles C. Thomas.
Sharon, D. (1972) The San Pedro Cactus in
Peruvian Folk Healing. In: Furst P.T. (Ed.)
Flesh of the Gods: the Ritual Use of
Hallucinogens. New York, Praeger, pp. 114135.
Singer, H. (1958) Mycological Investigations on
Teonanacatl, the Mexican Hallucinogenic
Mushroom. Part 1. The History of Teonanacatl,
Field Work and Culture Work. Mycologia 50:
239-261.
Torres, Constantino M.; Repke, D.; Chan, K.;
McKenna, D.; Llagostera, A. and Schultes, R.
E. (1991) Snuff powders from Pre-Hispanic San
Pedro de Atacama: Chemical and contextual
analysis. Current Anthropology, vol. 32, no. 5:
640-640.
Patiño, V. M.
(1968) Guayusa, a Neglected
Stimulant from the Eastern Andean Foothills.
Economic Botany 22: 310-316.
Reko, B. P. (1934) Das mexikanische Rauschgift
Ololiuqui. El Mexico Antiguo 3, nos. 3-4: 1-7.
Safford, W. E. (1915) An Aztec Narcotic. Journal
of Heredity 6: 291-311.
Safford, W. E. (1916) ldentity of Cohoba. Journal of
the Washington Academy of Sciences 6: 547562.
Schultes, R. E.
(1937) Peyote (Lophophora
williamsi) and Plants Confused with It.
Botanical Museum Leaflets (Harvard University)
5: 61-88.
Schultes, R. E. (1938) Peyote - an American Indian
Heritage from Mexico. El Mexico Antiguo 4,
nos. 4-6: 199-208.
Schultes, R. E. (1939) Plantae Mexicanae II. The
Identification of Teonanacatl, a Narcotic
Basidiomycete of the Aztecs. Botanical Museum
Leaflets (Harvard University) 7: 37-54.
Schultes, R. E. (1941) . A Contribution to our
Knowledge of Rivea corymbosa, the Narcotic
Ololiuqui of the Aztecs. Cambridge, Mass.,
Harvard Botanical Museum.
Schultes, R. E. (1969) Hallucinogens of Plant
Origin. Science 163: 245-254.
Schultes, R. E. (1972) Ilex Guayusa from 500 AD to
the Present. Etnologiska Studier 32: 115-138.
Schultes, R. E. (1979) Discovery of an Ancient
Guayusa Plantation in Colombia. Botanical
Museum Leaflets (Harvard University) 27: 143153.
Schultes, R. E. and A. Bright (1979) Ancient Gold
Pectorals from Colombia: Mushroom Effigies?
Botanical Museum Leaflets (Harvard University)
27:113-141. Reprinted in Sweat of the Sun,
Tears of the Moon: Gold and Emerald Treasures
of Colombia. Natural History Museum of Los
Angeles County, Los Angeles: 37-43 (1981)
Schultes, R. E. and A. Hofmann (1979) Plants of the
Gods - Origins of Hallucinogenic Use. New
York, McGraw-Hill Book Co.
Wasson, R. G. (1980) The Wondrous Mushroom:
Mycolatry in Mesoamerica. New York, McGraw
Hill Book Co.
Wasson, R.G. (1963) Notes on the Present Status of
Ololiuqui and the other Hallucinogens of
Mexico. Botanical Museum Leaflets (Harvard
University) 20: 161-193.
Wasson, R.G. (1972) The Divine Mushroom of
Immortality. In: Furst, P.T. (Ed.) Flesh of the
Gods - the Ritual Use of Hallucinogens. New
York, Praeger, pp. 185-200.
Wasson, R.G. (1973) The Role of 'Flowers' in
Nahuatl Culture, a Suggested Interpretation.
Botanical Museum Leaflet (Harvard University)
23: 305-324.
Wasson, R. G., G. and F. Cowan, and W. Rhodes.
(1974) Maria Sabina and the Mushroom Velada.
New York, Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.
Wasson, V. P. and R.G. Wasson
(1957)
Mushrooms, Russia and History. New York,
Pantheon.
This article was adapted from an earlier publication that appeared in “Integration 5”, in Autumn 1994.
7
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
2. Psychiatric Research with Hallucinogens: What have we learned?
Charles S. Grob, M.D.
Psychiatric research with hallucinogens has
resumed. After two decades of virtual prohibition,
formal authorization from federal regulatory agencies to
conduct investigative studies in the United States with
these unique mind altering substances has been
successfully obtained (Strassman, 1991). The bitter and
acrimonious debate that raged through the 1960s and
1970s and into the 1980s has largely subsided. Scientific
and health policy makers have determined that these
drugs, although possessing an inherent abuse potential,
do have a safety profile of acceptable magnitude when
compared to drugs currently the subject of formal
research investigation as well as others actively
dispensed in clinical practice. The U.S. Food and Drug
Administration has therefore determined that formal
and well controlled investigations designed to assess the
risk-benefit ratio of particular hallucinogenic substances
may now be pursued. However, for such studies to
proceed successfully and for the much heralded (and
often vilified) potential of the hallucinogens to be
explored, it is imperative that we fully grasp the lessons
of the past. For, to paraphrase Santayana, if we fail to
understand our history, we will be condemned to repeat
the patterns and reactions which will inevitably lead to
yet another round of repudiation and rejection of this
unique class of psychoactive substances, along with its
inherent and inestimable potential for learning and
healing.
revelatory access to the sacred (Dobkin de Rios and
Smith, 1976). In some societies (e.g. Aztec civilization)
use of psychotropic plants was restricted to the select
castes of the religious priesthood. In others, including
the progenitors of our own contemporary EuroAmerican culture, absolute proscriptions on the use of
plant drugs for divine purposes were decreed.
Repression of Shamanistic Traditions
To fully understand the enormous resistances to
these drugs and the unique experiences they induce, it
would be revealing to examine some elements of our
historical legacy. A poorly appreciated period from
Fourteenth through Seventeenth Century European
History has been the persecution of indigenous healers,
predominantly woman, during the reign of the
Inquisition, particularly in Northern and Western
Europe. During a span of three hundred years several
million women were accused of practicing witchcraft
and condemned to die. The Medieval scholar Jules
Michelet has explored the complicity between
ecclesiastical and medical authorities in the subjugation
of non-sanctioned healing, commenting on the attitude
of the Church "that if a woman dare cure without
having studied, she is a witch and must die" (Michelet,
1965). To have "studied" in this context is to have
faithfully adhered to the precepts and moral authority of
the Church, and to have forsworn receiving knowledge
from Nature.
A rich heritage of plant lore and applied healing
had been passed down from pagan and pre-Christian
Europe, rivaling and often surpassing the demonstrated
efficacy of Church sanctioned medical practitioners.
Hallucinogenic plants with magical as well as healing
properties were essential elements of this indigenous
pharmacopoeia. Members of the Solanaceae family
with their alkaloids atropine and scopolamine, including
a great number of species of the genus Datura, as well as
mandrake, henbane, and belladonna, had wide
application as agents of healing and transcendence
(Harner, 1973). In taking action against the indigenous
use of psychotropic plants, the Church sought to
eliminate a perceived threat to its oligarchic powers and
reassert its monopoly on legitimate access to the
supernatural (O'Neil, 1987). By casting the healer as a
witch and the hallucinogenic plants as tools of Satan,
the Church succeeded not only in eliminating
competition to the elite physician class but also in
Shamanistic Roots
Hallucinogens, throughout the breadth of time,
have played a vital albeit hidden and mysterious role.
They have often, in aboriginal and shamanic contexts,
been at the absolute center of culture and world view
(Dobkin de Rios, 1984). Opening up the doors to the
spiritual planes, and accessing vital information
imperative to tribal cohesion and survival,
hallucinogenic plants became what some scholars have
considered to be the bedrock of human civilization
(Wasson, 1968; Wasson et al, 1978; Huxley, 1978).
Within the context of shamanic society, these awe
inspiring botanicals were utilized to facilitate healing,
divine the future, protect the community from danger
and enhance learning (e.g. teaching hunters the ways of
animals) (Cordova-Rios, 1971). However, with the
advent of stratified and hierarchical societies, such plant
potentiators came to be viewed as dangerous to the
commonweal and controls were placed on direct and
8
Grob, Psychiatric Research with Hallucinogens
virtually eradicating knowledge of these vestiges of
pagan and shamanic consciousness.
A second historical period whose examination may
be pertinent to understanding our ingrained cultural
resistances and aversion to hallucinogens is the
European conquest of the New World. Shortly after
arrival in Central and South America in the late
Fifteenth and early Sixteenth Centuries, the invading
Spanish Conquistadors observed an impressive array of
psychoactive pharmacopoeia, including morning glory
seeds (containing the potent hallucinogen, lysergic acid
amide), peyote, and psilocybin mushrooms.
These extraordinary plants were utilized by the
native inhabitants to induce an ecstatic intoxication and
were an integral component of their aboriginal religion
and ritual. As plant hallucinogens were attributed to
have supernatural powers, they were quickly perceived
by the European invaders as weapons of the Devil
designed to prevent the triumph of Christianity over
traditional Indian religion (Furst, 1976). An early
Seventeenth Century Spanish observer of native
customs, Hernando Ruiz de Alarcon, wrote of the
idolatries he observed involving the consumption of the
morning glory: "Olouihqui is a kind of seed-like lentils
produced by a type of vine in this land, which when
drunk deprive of the senses, because it is very powerful,
and by this means they communicate with the devil,
because he talks to them when they are deprived of
judgment with the said drink, and deceive them with
different hallucinations, and they attribute it to a god
they say is inside the seed" (Guerra, 1971).
Identifying the threat not only to consolidating their
power and control over the conquered peoples, but also
the danger of lower caste immigrant Spaniards
developing interest in native rituals and healing
practices, The Holy Inquisition of Mexico issued in
1616 a proclamation ordering the persecution and
excommunication of those who, under the influence of
"herbs and roots with which they lose and confound
their senses, and the illusions and fantastic
representations they have, judge and proclaim
afterwards as revelation, or true notice of things to
come. . ." (Guerra, 1967). To continue to engage in
native practices and utilize their traditional plant
hallucinogens as agents of knowledge and healing
would risk indictment of heresy and witchcraft, and
inevitably the implementation of the cruelest
punishments of the Inquisition, from public flogging to
being burned alive at the stake. Unable to accept the
indigenous utilization of such psychoactive substances
as anything other than idolatry and a threat to their
goals of domination and exploitation, the European
conquerors denied them legitimacy, endeavoring to
expunge their traditions and knowledge. Only by going
deeply underground and maintaining their world view
and shamanic practices in secret from the dominant
Euro-American culture, has this knowledge survived.
Early Research with Hallucinogens
Interest in plant hallucinogens lay dormant until
the second half of the Nineteenth Century when
growing activities in the new fields of experimental
physiology and pharmacology sparked efforts at
laboratory analyses of medicinal plants. In the late
1880's German toxicologist Louis Lewin, often called
the "father of modern psychopharmacology," received a
collection of peyote samples from the Parke-Davis
Pharmaceutical Company. Succeeding at isolating
several alkaloids from the peyote, Lewin was unable to
identify any of them as the psychoactive component
through animal testing. The investigation was then
taken up by Arthur Heffter, who characterized
additional pure alkaloids from the cactus. By ingesting
each of them he was able to identify the crucial one,
which he named mescaline (Heffter, 1897).
Along with Lewin's published work, interest in
plant hallucinogens was encouraged by increasing
dissemination of knowledge of the Native American
Indian use of peyote, a phenomena of increasing
prevalence as the century drew to a close. Obtaining a
sample of peyote from the South-Western plains,
physician and founder of the American Neurological
Association Weir Mitchell, conducted an experiment
using himself as the subject. Although overwhelmed
with the aesthetic power of the experience, describing
that the peyote revealed "a certain sense of the things
about me as having a more positive existence than
usual," Mitchell expressed alarm that such a profound
experience might not be successfully integrated within
his contemporary context: "I predict a perilous reign of
the mescal habit . . . The temptation to call again the
enchanting magic of my experience will, I am sure, be
too much for some men to resist after they have once set
foot in this land of fairy colors where there seems so
much to charm and so little to excite horror or disgust"
(Mitchell, 1896).
Inspired by reports of Mitchell's selfexperimentation, the prominent English physician
Havelock Ellis decided to pursue a similar encounter
with the plant hallucinogen, which he later reported as
an experience of unparalleled magnitude, asserting that
to "once or twice be admitted to the rites of mescal is not
only an unforgettable delight but an educational
influence of no mean value" (Ellis, 1897). Such
unqualified praise of a drug with as yet no proven
medical application, however, provoked harsh censure
from the editors of the British Medical Journal who
9
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
expressed grave concern of peyote's injurious potential
and reprimanded Ellis for irresponsibly "putting the
temptation before the section of the public which is
always in search of new sensation" (British Medical
Journal, 1898). Such a vituperative response to Ellis'
naive efforts at publicizing and perhaps promoting autoexperimentation with magical plants is an early
harbinger of the conflict that mired and paralyzed the
field of hallucinogenic research some seventy years
later.
Interest in the unusual psychogenic effects of peyote
and, following its synthesis in 1919, mescaline,
continued through the 1920's. Activities included
further exploration of the unique visions induced by the
drug by a variety of literary figures and scholars
introduced to its exotic phenomena, although when
William James experienced a severe gastro-intestinal
reaction upon attempting to swallow a segment of
peyote he is alleged to have stated: "Henceforth, I'll take
the visions on trust" (Stevens, 1987). A comprehensive
survey of the effects of mescaline was published by Karl
Beringer, a close associate of Hermann Hesse and Carl
Jung, in his massive tome "Der Meskalinrausch" (The
Mescaline Inebriation) in 1927, followed a year later by
Heinrich Kluver's Mescal: The "Divine" Plant and Its
Psychological Effects, the first attempt at formal
classification and analysis of mescaline visions (Kluver,
1928). And heralding the next phase of hallucinogen
research, mescaline was touted by psychiatric
researchers as a putative biochemical model for major
mental disturbances, particularly schizophrenia
(Guttman and Maclay, 1936; Stockings, 1940).
his home to rest. He subsequently would write that
upon reaching home and lying down with his eyes
closed he experienced an "extreme activity of the
imagination . . . there surged upon me an uninterrupted
stream of fantastic images of extraordinary plasticity
and vividness and accompanied by an intense
kaleidoscope like play of colors. After about two hours,
the not unpleasant inebriation, which had been
experienced while I was fully conscious, disappeared"
(Hofmann, 1983).
Concluding that he had probably accidentally
absorbed a small quantity of the compound through his
skin, Hofmann set out three days later, on April 19,
1943, to replicate the phenomena by self administering
what he considered to be an extremely small and
cautious dose, 250 micrograms. Intending to record his
subjective experiences of what he had assumed to be a
very low dose of the peculiar substance, less than an
hour later Hofmann began to feel the onset of what was
to be a powerful and indeed frightening altered state of
consciousness, and again felt compelled to return to his
home. Hofmann would later report "On the way home,
my condition began to assume threatening forms. . .
Everything in my field of vision wavered and was
distorted as if seen in a curved mirror. I also had the
sensation of being unable to move from the spot.
Nevertheless, my assistant later told me that we had
traveled very rapidly. . . My surroundings had now
transformed themselves in more terrifying ways.
Everything in the room spun around, and the familiar
objects and pieces of furniture assumed grotesque,
threatening forms. They were in continuous motion,
animated, as if driven by an inner restlessness… Even
worse than these demonic transformations of the outer
world, were the alterations that I perceived in myself, in
my inner being. Every exertion of my will, every
attempt to put an end to the disintegrations of the outer
world and the dissolution of my ego, seemed to be
wasted effort. A demon had invaded me, had taken
possession of my body, mind and soul." Shortly
thereafter, Hofmann would describe, "the climax of my
despondent condition had passed. . . the horror softened
and gave way to a feeling of good fortune and gratitude.
. . now, little by little I could begin to enjoy the
unprecedented colors and plays of shapes that persisted
behind my closed eyes. Kaleidoscopic, fantastic images
surged in on me, alternating, variegated, opening and
then closing themselves in circles and spirals, exploding
in colored fountains. . . Exhausted, I then slept, to
awake next morning refreshed, with a clear head,
though still somewhat tired physically. A sensation of
well-being and renewed life flowed through me "
(Hofmann, 1983). Dr. Hofmann's shocking experience
of madness and transcendence, precipitated by an
Dr. Hofmann's Serendipitous Discovery
The modern era of hallucinogen research began in
the laboratory of Dr. Albert Hofmann, a senior research
chemist for the Sandoz Pharmaceutical Company in
Basel, Switzerland. In mid April, 1943, Hofmann was
engaged in work to chemically modify alkaloids from
the rye ergot fungus, Claviceps purpurea, in an effort to
develop a new analeptic agent (a respiratory stimulant).
Acting on a premonition that earlier tests had missed
something, he returned to and prepared a fresh batch of
a compound he had previously synthesized in 1938, but
which had proved at that time to have what were
considered to be uninteresting results in animal testing.
The chemical compound he had decided to return to
after this five year hiatus was the twenty-fifth in a series
of lysergic acid amides, and had previously received the
designation of LSD-25.
While working with a modest quantity of this
compound for further study, Hofmann complained of
restlessness and feeling dizzy and decided to return to
10
Grob, Psychiatric Research with Hallucinogens
infinitesimally low dose of what would soon be
recognized as the most potent psychoactive substance
known to man, heralded the advent of a new era of
psychiatric research committed to uncovering the
mysteries of the mind and revealing the basis of mental
illness.
those obtained with schizophrenics" (Rinkel and
Denber, 1958)., it became increasingly apparent,
however, that although an impressive array of
psychiatric researchers and theoreticians had elucidated
and elaborated upon the startling degree of resemblance
between schizophrenia and the hallucinogenic
experience, a growing consensus was emerging that the
dissimilarities between the two states essentially
obviated the value of the chemical psychosis model
(Grinspoon and Bakalar, 1979). Speaking at the First
International Congress of Neuropsychopharmacology in
1959, the legendary Manfred Bleuler enunciated the
central argument in opposition to the psychotomimetic
model. He stated that it was the gradual and inexorable
progression of a symptom complex that included
disturbed thought processes, depersonalization and
auditory hallucinations, evolving into a generalized
functional incapacitation that was characteristic of
schizophrenia. He concluded with the demonstrative
declaration that although the psychotomimetic drugs
may have strengthened our conceptual understanding of
organic psychoses, they have "contributed nothing to the
understanding of the pathogenesis of schizophrenia"
(Bleuler, 1959).
The Psychotomimetic Model
Albert Hofmann's discovery of LSD soon led to a
period of intense interest and activity designed to
explore its utility as a model of understanding and
treating psychotic illness. Such a direction was
consistent with earlier investigations equating the
mescaline catalyzed altered state of consciousness with
the subjective experience of schizophrenic patients
(Guttman and Maclay, 1936; Stockings, 1940). Tayleur
Stockings had described the similarities between the two
states: "Mescaline intoxication is indeed a true
'schizophrenia’ if we use the word in its literal sense of
‘split mind,’ for the characteristic effect of mescaline is
a molecular fragmentation of the entire personality,
exactly similar to that found in schizophrenic patients…
Thus the subject of the mescaline psychosis may believe
that he has become transformed into some great
personage, such as a god or a legendary character, or a
being from another world. This is a well-known
symptom found in states such as paraphrenia and
paranoia" (Stockings, 1940). Noting the enormity of
perceptual disturbances induced by LSD, coupled with
the sensation in some subjects of losing their mind, as
had transiently been the case with Dr. Hofmann, Sandoz
in 1947 began actively marketing LSD to psychiatric
researchers and practitioners as a tool for understanding
psychoses. Not only was LSD experimentation in
normal subjects proposed as a viable model for studying
the pathogenesis of psychotic illness, but psychiatrists
were encouraged to self-administer the drug so as to
gain insight into the subjective world of the patient with
serious mental illness (Stevens, 1987). For a young
field struggling to gain credibility as a medical science,
this model of chemically controlled psychosis emerged
as a propitious sign for the future.
Preoccupation with the hallucinogen induced
psychotomimetic model continued through the 1950's.
The psychotomimetic position was summarized by one
its leading proponents, Harvard psychiatrist Max
Rinkel: "The psychotic phenomena produced were
predominantly schizophrenia-like symptoms, manifested in disturbances of thought and speech, changes in
affect and mood, changes in perception, production of
hallucinations and delusions, depersonalizations and
changes in behavior. Rorschach tests and concreteabstract thinking tests showed responses quite similar to
Hallucinogen Research and the Role of the CIA
Following the end of World War II, as relations
with our former ally the Soviet Union began to
deteriorate and Cold War tensions heightened, a
program was initiated by the U.S. Central Intelligence
Agency to develop a speech inducing drug for use in
interrogations of suspected enemy agents. Such a
search was in part stimulated by knowledge of prior,
albeit unsuccessful, efforts by Nazi medical researchers
at the Dachau Concentration Camp to utilize mescaline
as an agent of mind control (Marks, 1979). By the early
1950's the CIA had acquired from Sandoz
Pharmaceutical a large quantity of the highly touted
psychotomimetic, LSD, and had begun their own
extensive testing program. Early experiments often
involved the furtive "dosing" of unwitting subjects,
including employees of the CIA and other intelligence
organizations, soldiers and customers solicited by
prostitutes in the service of the CIA. Given the illprepared mental set of the victim, the often adverse
setting in which the "experiment" occurred, and the lack
of therapeutic aftercare, it is no surprise that highly
deleterious outcomes, including suicide, did occur.
Although knowledge of this irresponsible and ethically
suspect association between the CIA and hallucinogenic
substances remained suppressed for the next twenty
years, knowledge of such activities was ultimately
obtained through the Freedom of Information Act
11
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
(Marks, 1979; Lee and Schlain, 1985).
Through the 1950's, as Cold War fears escalated,
the CIA began to developed an affinity for the
psychotomimetic model then in vogue. In order to
further their own goals of investigating the mind control
potentials of hallucinogenic drugs, the CIA began to
recruit and fund a number of distinguished psychiatric
researchers. Included among these was Ewen Cameron,
elected President of the American Psychiatric
Association in 1953 and first President of the World
Psychiatric Association. Capitalizing on the CIA's
preoccupation with LSD's purported ability to break
down familiar behavior patterns, Cameron received
funding to develop a bizarre and unorthodox method for
treating severe mental illness. The treatment protocol
began with "sleep therapy", where patients were sedated
with barbiturates for a several month period, and was
followed by a "depatterning" phase of massive
electroshock and frequent doses of LSD designed to
obliterate past behavior patterns. Patients were then
once again heavily sedated, and subsequently subjected
to a prolonged "psychic driving" reconditioning phase
where they received constant auditory bombardment
from speakers under their pillows repeating tape
recorded messages, with some patients hearing the same
message repeated a quarter of a million times. Given
the gross excesses in all modalities of this "treatment",
inevitably severe neuro-psychiatric deterioration was
incurred by many of Cameron's unconsented subjects
(Marks, 1979; Lee and Schlain, 1985). Ultimately, the
efforts of the CIA and their contract psychiatrists came
to naught as their ill-advised collaboration with
hallucinogens yielded little of value to support either the
CIA's mind control theories or the psychotomimetic
investigations of psychiatric researchers.
uncovering early childhood memories, and inducing an
affective release, psychiatrists claimed to have achieved
a breakthrough in reducing the duration and improving
the outcome of psychotherapeutic treatment (Chandler
and Hartmann, 1960). Problems arose with the
psycholytic paradigm, however, as critics noted that the
content of regressed material released from the
unconscious was extremely sensitive to the psychiatrist's
own analytic orientation, in most cases Freudian or
Jungian. Questions arose over whether the phenomena
observed in the psychotherapeutic sessions, including
the often positive treatment outcome, were not simply
attributable to the presence of heightened powers of
suggestibility. Moreover, with psycholytic treatments,
care had to be taken to utilize sufficiently low dosages of
the hallucinogen that the patient's ego would not be
overwhelmed to the point where verbal analysis would
be inhibited. When in the course of psycholytic
psychotherapy higher dosages were utilized, the
resultant experience could no longer be contained
within the intended theoretical framework, thus
necessitating delineation of an entirely new paradigm.
The Psychedelic Treatment Model
Psychiatrists utilizing the higher dose model on
their patients, as well as self-experimenting on
themselves, quickly realized that they had accessed an
entirely new and novel dimension of consciousness. As
Dr. Hofmann had experienced during his own
exploration, this unexpected level of awareness could
alternately be rapturous or terrifying.
The first
psychiatrist to explore this paradigm was the Canadian
researcher Humphrey Osmond. Utilizing first mescaline, and later LSD, Osmond devoted his studies to the
treatment of alcoholism, a notoriously difficult and
refractory condition. Noting that some alcoholics were
only able to cease their pathological drinking behaviors
after they had experienced a terrifying, hallucinatory
episode of delirium tremens during alcohol withdrawal,
Osmond set out to replicate this state through utilization
of a high dose hallucinogen model. Observing that what
distinguished his treatment successes from his treatment
failures was whether a transcendent and mystical state
of consciousness was attained, Osmond recognized the
strong resemblance to states of religious conversion,
bringing to mind William James' old axiom that "the
best cure for dipsomania is religiomania." Dissatisfied
with the prevailing jargon, and arguing that his model
demonstrated that hallucinogens did much more than
"mimic psychosis", Osmond introduced at the 1957
meeting of the New York Academy of Sciences the term
psychedelic, explaining that the "mind manifesting"
state did not necessarily produce a predictable and
The Psycholytic Treatment Model
Early experimentation in Switzerland following
Albert Hofmann's discovery in the 1940's had discerned
a phenomena quite different than that of the much
heralded yet bizarre psychotomimetic mental
experience. In subjects given a relatively low dose of
LSD, there appeared to occur a release of repressed
psychic material, particularly in anxiety states and
obsessional neuroses. By allowing this otherwise
repressed and threatening material to flow effortlessly
into consciousness, investigators surmised that low dose
LSD treatment could facilitate the psychotherapy
process (Stoll, 1947). Application of the low dose
model in Europe as well as the United States ascertained
that psycholytic treatment had particular value with
patients with rigid defense mechanisms and excessively
strict superego structures. By facilitating ego regression,
12
Grob, Psychiatric Research with Hallucinogens
pathological sequence of events, but rather could
catalyze an enriching and life changing vision. And in
presaging the cacophonous debate that would shortly
fall upon the infant field of hallucinogen research,
Osmond concluded that the psychedelic model not only
allowed us to escape "Freud's gloomier moods that
persuaded him that a happy man is a self-deceiver", but
would soon come to the aid of humanity's imperiled
existence and "have a part to play in our survival as a
species" (Osmond, 1957).
By the mid-1960's, the secret was out. Growing
interest in hallucinogens had catalyzed, and was
catalyzed by, profound cultural shifts. Along with the
social upheaval surrounding opposition to an
increasingly unpopular war in South-East Asia,
hallucinogens assumed a central role in a movement
that began to question many of the basic values and
precepts of mainstream Euro-American culture. The
populace, fueled by sensational media accounts, grew to
identify hallucinogens as a prime suspect in inciting the
accelerating state of cultural havoc. Along with the
drugs themselves, adherents of the experimental and
treatment models became increasingly identified as part
of the problem. Such circumstances were in no way
improved by the rash pronouncements from the radical
wing of what had rapidly become identified as an
hallucinogen-inspired political movement. The leaders
of one notorious research group in particular drew
public ire and aroused anxiety and panic by such
proclamations as: "Make no mistake: the effect of
consciousness-expanding drugs will be to transform our
concepts of human nature, of human potentialities, of
existence. The game is about to be changed, ladies and
gentleman. . . These possibilities naturally threaten
every branch of the Establishment. The dangers of
external change appear to frighten us less than the peril
of internal change. LSD is more frightening than the
Bomb!" (Leary and Alpert, 1962).
In response to escalating fears that hallucinogens
had become an out of control menace to public safety
and cultural stability, the government moved to restrict
access to these potent agents of change. Psychiatric
leaders, gravely concerned by the threat to public mental
health, and perhaps to their professional image as well,
vehemently urged government regulating agencies to
tighten their controls.
Roy Grinker, illustrious
psychiatrist and President of the American Medical
Association, issued an urgent warning to his colleagues
that greater damage lay ahead unless usage of these
hazardous chemical agents was contained. Going
beyond merely calling for the psychiatry profession to
take action against this growing peril, which would
include denouncing the renegades within its own ranks,
Grinker castigated the government for having been
woefully lacking in vigilance and having neglected its
duty: "The Food and Drug Administration has failed in
its policing functions. The drugs are indeed dangerous
even when used under the best of precautions and
conditions” (Grinker, 1964).
Driven into action by increasingly lurid media and
law enforcement accounts of widespread hallucinogen
use among the young, amidst dire warnings that this
insidious threat would erode the values and work ethic
of future generations, government regulators had no
The Prohibition of Hallucinogen Research
With the evolution to the psychedelic model,
hallucinogens moved beyond the bounds of control of
the medical elite (Neill, 1987). No longer could they be
confined to investigations of a model psychosis, nor
could they be contained within the framework of
conventional psychiatric therapies with implicit
prescribed roles for doctor and patient. By blurring the
boundaries between religion and science, between
sickness and health, and between healer and sufferer,
the psychedelic model entered the realm of applied
mysticism. As word of the astounding phenomenon
induced by the psychedelic model spread into the culture
at large, the inevitable backlash occurred. Horrified that
this extraordinary investigative probe had been
appropriated from their control, the leaders of the
psychiatric profession directed harsh criticism at their
irrepressible and increasingly evangelistic colleagues.
Roy Grinker, the first editor of the prestigious Archives
of General Psychiatry, in a 1963 editorial castigated
those psychiatric researchers who had become
preoccupied with administering "the drug to themselves,
and some, who became enamored with the mystical
hallucinatory state, eventually in their 'mystique' became
unqualified as competent investigators" (Grinker, 1963).
And a year later, in the Journal of the American
Medical Association, Grinker charged researchers with
"using uncontrolled, unscientific methods. In fact, these
professionals are widely known to participate in drug
ingestion, rendering their conclusions biased by their
own ecstasy…The psychotomimetics are being
'bootlegged', and as drugs now under scientific
investigation they are being misused" (Grinker, 1964).
In moving beyond the boundaries of conventional
scientific inquiry, the hallucinogens had "become
invested with an aura of magic" (Cole and Katz, 1964),
and thus could no longer be provided the status and
protection of their elite profession. The covenant had
been broken. The hallucinogens, along with the
proponents of their continued exploration, were cast out,
becoming pariahs in a land and a time that increasingly
viewed them as threats to public safety and social order.
13
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
choice but to act. In 1965 the Congress passed the Drug
Abuse Control Amendment, which placed tight
restrictions on hallucinogen research, forcing all
research applications to be routed through the FDA for
approval. In April, 1966, succumbing to mounting
adverse publicity, Sandoz Pharmaceuticals ceased the
marketing of what their esteemed research chemist
Albert Hofmann would come to call "my problem child"
(Hoffman, 1983). Also during the spring of 1966,
Senator Robert Kennedy called for Congressional
Hearings on the problem. Kennedy, whose wife Ethel
had reportedly received psychiatric treatments with
LSD, expressed concern that potentially vital research
was being obstructed, questioning: "Why if they were
worthwhile six months ago, why aren't they worthwhile
now?… I think we have given too much emphasis and
so much attention to the fact that it can be dangerous
and that it can hurt an individual who uses it. . . that
perhaps to some extent we have lost sight of the fact that
it can be very, very helpful in our society if used
properly" (Lee and Schlain, 1985). Kennedy's pleas
went unheeded, as over the next few years more and
more stringent restrictions were imposed on
hallucinogen research, culminating in the Bureau of
Narcotics and Dangerous Drugs (the predecessor to the
Drug Enforcement Agency) decision to place the
hallucinogens in the Schedule I class, reserved for
dangerous drugs of abuse with no medical value.
Research ground to a virtual halt. Government, civic
and medical leaders had all responded to their call to
duty, permanently expunging, they hoped, what
President Lyndon Johnson had declared in his State of
the Union address in January, 1968, "these powders
and pills which threaten our nation's health, vitality and
self-respect" (Stevens, 1987).
and shame, hallucinogen research became a non-issue,
virtually disappearing from the professional literature
and educational curriculums. By the early 1970's,
psychiatric researchers and academicians had perceived
that to continue to advocate for human research with
hallucinogens, or even to be identified with past interest
in their therapeutic potential, might seriously jeopardize
their future careers. Difficult decisions had to be made.
From the mid 1960's onward, a split began to appear in
the ranks of psychiatric hallucinogen researchers. For
those who would maintain their enthusiasm for the
potentials of these singular substances, a path of
professional marginalization would follow. For those
who would take a stand against their perfidious threat,
accolades and professional advancement would be
forthcoming. For most, however, it was to be a process
of quietly disengaging, often from what had been a
passionate interest, and re-directing their careers
towards tamer and less disputable areas. With very few
exceptions (Grinspoon and Bakalar, 1979; Grinspoon
and Bakalar, 1986; Strassman, 1984), a veil of silence
had descended over the putative role of hallucinogen
research in psychiatry.
The Future of Hallucinogen Research in
Psychiatry
Where are we to go with this most unusual class of
psychoactive substances? Some would say it is best to
let sleeping dogs lie, that the hallucinogens only brought
discord and controversy to the ranks of psychiatry and
their re-examination can only lead to further turmoil
and acrimony. Psychiatry has moved far beyond the
time where hallucinogens were viewed as being on the
cutting edge of research investigation. Many
psychiatrists graduating from training programs in the
last decade are not even aware of the role hallucinogens
once did play in the arena of legitimate research. The
conventional point of view is that these drugs are
potential substances of abuse, nothing more. Within
mainstream, academic psychiatry forums for discussion
of the relative merits of resuming inquiries into this area
have been restricted. What was once a roar of often
vituperative debate has receded to barely a whisper.
Perhaps this twenty-five year period of quiescence
and retreat into relative obscurity has been necessary to
finally give the question of hallucinogens a fair hearing.
We have seen in a prior epoch of investigation a playing
field painfully polarized between ardent advocates and
fervent foes of the hallucinogens' putative role as agents
of discovery and healing. The truth has always rested
somewhere in between the dichotomous poles of
panacea and toxin. The protagonists of the past, whose
careers and integrity so often appeared to be interwoven
Discounting Hallucinogen Research
Hallucinogens, in the guise of an experimental
probe into the mysterious world of mental illness, had
burst on the scene during the infancy of psychiatric
research. They had not only unleashed a firestorm of
controversy as a highly touted therapeutic intervention,
but had greatly contributed to the development of the
exciting new specialty of laboratory neurochemistry
research. Access to these unique agents for animal
research has been permitted to continue unimpeded, and
they have contributed greatly to our understanding of
neurotransmitter systems, brain imaging techniques and
behavioral pharmacology (Jacobs, 1984; Freedman,
1986). And yet, human research with hallucinogens
had, until now, vanished from the scene. Discounted
for ever having held value or potential, it is as if they
had never been with us. A source of embarrassment
14
Grob, Psychiatric Research with Hallucinogens
with the content and outcome of their fierce debate, are
exiting the arena. Rumblings of renewed interest are
being heard within the halls of academic psychiatry. A
new dialogue is slowly starting to emerge. Hopefully,
the lessons of the past will be appreciated, and utilized
to forge a partnership and collaboration where divergent
perspectives will be given a fair and open hearing, and
the true potential of the hallucinogens may finally be
illuminated.
As the sleeping giant of hallucinogen research
emerges from its twenty-five year slumber, it will
perceive that the world of psychiatry has vastly changed
from when it was put to rest. The once reigning rulers
of psychoanalysis have receded to positions of relative
obscurity as the field has become progressively
dominated by the adherents of biological reductionism.
The insights gleaned from the individual case study,
once the standard of psychoanalytic investigation, have
been devalued and supplanted by the rigorous
methodological research design of modern psychiatry.
In the future, the putative value of hallucinogens in
psychiatry can no longer rest on claims deriving from
anecdotal case studies, as inspiring as they may be, but
rather must evolve out of the findings of well-structured,
controlled, scientific investigation.
To achieve
relevance and be accepted as a reputable field of study,
hallucinogen research must satisfy the standards of
contemporary psychiatric research. To maintain an
iconoclastic insistence that the very nature of these
substances transcends standard research designs would
be to prolong their marginalization and deny the
opportunity finally to explore their potential utility.
The knowledge base of biological psychiatry and
the neurosciences has exploded over the last two
decades, facilitated in part by probes and techniques
developed with hallucinogen research in animals
(Jacobs, 1984; Freedman, 1986). The potential for
further advances in our understanding of the
mechanisms of brain function has been recognized and
enunciated at a technical meeting of the National
Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA) in July, 1992, that
concluded that it is now time to move beyond pure
animal research into the realm of human investigation.
We are now on the threshold of initiating studies
utilizing state of the art research techniques, including
sophisticated brain imaging scans, neuroendocrine
challenge tests, and receptor binding studies in human
subjects. The strategy of pursuing such biological
investigations will likely not only yield valuable new
information in the neurosciences, but facilitate the relegitimization of human research with hallucinogens
and ultimately become a prelude to the re-exploration of
their effects on perception, cognition, and emotion.
One of the most controversial arenas of
hallucinogen research during the 1950s and 1960s, and
persisting as an alluring hope, has been their putative
role in alleviating mental suffering. During a mere
fifteen year period, over a thousand clinical papers were
published in the professional literature discussing the
experiences of 40,000 patients treated with
hallucinogens (Grinspoon and Bakalar, 1979). While
many of these reports were presented in the form of
descriptive case studies and are attributed little value by
contemporary research standards, they can help point
the way for future investigations. A wide variety of
psychopathological phenomena were subjected to
intervention with hallucinogens, often leading to
encouraging reports of positive clinical outcomes.
Unfortunately, examining these stimulating accounts in
retrospect reveals notable flaws in their design,
including primitive and by today's standards deficient
measures designed to evaluate therapeutic change, lack
of outcome follow-up and unwillingness to utilize
appropriate control subjects. As the debate over
hallucinogens intensified, it also became apparent that
from both warring camps investigators' biases (whether
conscious or unconscious) were confounding their
results. From our current vantage point, it is often
difficult to ascertain the true significance of this past
research other than to appreciate that sufficient clinical
change appears to have been catalyzed that further
investigation is merited. And as we prepare to delve
into the question of the hallucinogens' application to
treatment models, it will be essential that we control for
the flaws that made a previous generation of research
suspect. State of the art research methodology must be
utilized, including proper attention to set and setting,
control populations and measures of short and long term
treatment outcome.
An atmosphere of active
collaboration among investigators with contrasting
perspectives needs to be established, avoiding at all costs
the schism which led to the collapse of earlier efforts.
The Relevance of the Past
We are on the threshold of initiating explorations
which may have considerable ramifications for our
future. There is much at stake and much to learn. But
in order to take full advantage of this opportunity we
must fully understand our past, including that which we
know from cultures distant to our own place and time.
Plant derived hallucinogens once played a vital, albeit
poorly appreciated role in our pre-historical lineage
(Furst, 1976; Dobkin de Rios, 1984). While psychiatry
has traditionally held a disparaging and pathologizing
view towards shamanic belief systems and practices
(Devereux, 1958), evidence supplied by transcultural
anthropological investigators (Jilek, 1971; Noll, 1983)
15
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
demonstrates that shamanic practices may actually be
conducive to high levels of psychological health and
functioning. To move beyond the commonly held
psychiatric viewpoint that shamanism is nothing more
than primitivism and the prehistorical wellspring of
mental illness, would allow for receptivity to learning
from a paradigm that has incorporated for thousands of
years the utilization of hallucinogens as a vital facet of
belief systems and healing practices (Bravo and Grob,
1989). If we are to assess optimally the true clinical
efficacy and safety of the hallucinogens, it is imperative
that we be conscious of the critical extrapharmacological variables that we know to be integral to the
shamanic model. Ample attention and sensitivity must
be given to the preparation for the hallucinogen
experience, the powerful expectation effects directed
toward predetermined therapeutic goals, the formalized
structure of the session and the integration of the altered
state experience in the days, weeks and months
following the experience. The failure to adhere to any
of these aspects of the shamanic paradigm would be to
deny hallucinogen research the full opportunity to test
its true value.
What removes the shamanic world view so far from
our own, and consequently presents the greatest
challenges when attempting to incorporate its insights
into contemporary research methodology, is the belief
that the plant hallucinogens are sacraments of divine
origin. However, it is this reverential and spiritual
utilization of psychoactive substances that so pointedly
distinguishes the practices of tribal and shamanic
peoples from our own contemporary profaned and
pathologized context of drug abuse. Hallucinogens in
the shamanic world have traditionally played a critical
role in rites of initiation, providing personal
regeneration and radical change, and are perceived as
essential to the process of growth and maturity and the
acquisition of meaning (Grob and Dobkin de Rios,
1992; Zoja, 1989). They are not mis-used or abused,
and are not agents of societal chaos and destruction.
Their use is fully sanctioned and integrated into the
mainstream of society, and commonly utilized in
ritually prescribed and elder facilitated ceremonies. The
hypersuggestible properties of the hallucinogens,
utilized within a highly controlled set and setting,
achieves a powerful effect, reinforcing cultural cohesion
and commitment. These apparent beneficial effects of
shamanic hallucinogen use contrast markedly with the
destructive outcomes often observed in our own
contemporary contexts (Dobkin de Rios and Grob,
1993).
An Illustrative Model
One of the most exciting areas of investigation
from the past era of hallucinogen research was the
treatment of severe, refractory alcoholism. In the 1950s
psychiatric researchers had identified the similarities
between the spectrum of the LSD experience and the
phenomenology of delirium tremens (Osmond, 1957;
Ditman and Whittlesey, 1959). As alcoholism was
notorious for its lack of responsiveness to conventional
treatment approaches, great interest and energies were
directed towards this area of study. Highly impressive
short term results of treatment with hallucinogens
(Chwelos et al, 1959; MacLean et al, 1961; Van Dusen
et al, 1967) gave impetus to a surge of enthusiasm that a
dramatic and effective intervention had finally been
found. Additional support was forthcoming from Bill
Wilson, the founder of Alcoholics Anonymous, who
revealed that his own carefully supervised experiences
with LSD had not only been a highly valuable personal
experience, but were also fully compatible with the
tenets of the movement he had started (Grof, 1987).
However, as the level of discord within the psychiatric
profession and the degree of alarm in the public
heightened, resistance to accepting the hallucinogen
model for alcoholism intensified. As mainstream
psychiatry could no longer stand idly by in the face of
threatened radical upheaval, so the Board of Trustees of
Alcoholics Anonymous felt compelled to reject their
creator Bill Wilson's proposed endorsement.
It soon became apparent that the methodological
shortcomings of the research alleging to demonstrate
unequivocally positive results in the treatment of
alcoholism would undermine progress in the field.
Poorly controlled research design, with questionable
measures of change and inadequate follow-up led to
charges that hallucinogen advocates had been blinded
by their own enthusiasm and had mis-interpreted and
mis-represented their findings. Opponents of the
hallucinogen treatment model would subsequently
conduct their own clinical trials, designed to refute what
they perceived as dangerous and exaggerated claims of
therapeutic success (Smart et al, 1966; Hollister et al,
1969; Ludwig, Levine and Stark, 1970). These studies,
which purported to demonstrate an entire lack of
treatment efficacy of models utilizing hallucinogens,
were received by the psychiatric establishment with
great relief. In fact, the Ludwig, Levine and Stark study
provided such reassurance to a profession so shaken by
its own iconoclasts, as well as satisfying contemporary
formal medical research standards with such aplomb,
that it was awarded the prestigious Lester N. Hofheimer
Prize for Research from the American Psychiatric
Association.
16
Grob, Psychiatric Research with Hallucinogens
Nevertheless, the investigations designed to provide
the last word on the "failed" hallucinogen treatment
model have themselves come under scathing attack.
Not only have the investigators' lack of appreciation of
set and setting, failure to adequately prepare their
patients for the experience and refusal to allow for
follow-up integration been identified (Grinspoon and
Bakalar, 1979), but the capricious nature of medical
research has itself been implicated. "At a time when
LSD was popular, Levine and Ludwig (1967) had
reported positive results… When LSD fell out of favor
and the positive results became politically unwise, they
obtained negative results. Unconsciously or consciously
they built into their study a number of antitherapeutic
elements that guaranteed a therapeutic failure" (Grof,
1980).
The discussion of the potential role of
hallucinogens in the treatment of alcoholism, and by
inference its application to other psychiatric disorders as
well, would not be complete without an examination of
the role of the plant hallucinogen, peyote, in the
treatment of Native American Indians. Evidence exists
that peyote was in widespread use in Central America
and revered as a medicine and religious sacrament as
early as 200 B.C. (Furst, 1976). After the American
Civil War, the use of peyote moved north of the Rio
Grande River and quickly spread to dozens of native
tribes throughout the United States and Canada. During
the 1870s and 1880s a peyote vision religion developed
in reaction to the inexorable encroachment of nonnative peoples onto the Indian lands and the associated,
deliberate destruction of native culture. With the defeat
and subjugation of the Native American people,
alcoholism became epidemic. Although until recently
faced with unrelenting political repression by the U.S.
government, the Native American Church, a syncretistic
church combining elements of traditional Indian
religion and Christianity and utilizing peyote as its
ritual sacrament, has been recognized by
anthropologists and psychiatrists as being the only
effective treatment for endemic alcoholism (Schultes,
1938, La Barre, 1947, Bergman, 1971, Albaugh and
Anderson, 1974). Karl Menninger, a revered figure in
the development of American Psychiatry in the 20th
Century, has stated: "Peyote is not harmful to these
people; it is beneficial, comforting, inspiring, and
appears to be spiritually nourishing. It is a better
antidote to alcohol than anything the missionaries, the
white man, the American Medical Association, and the
public health services have come up with" (Bergman,
1971).
Integral to the positive treatment outcome with
peyote has been its sacramental utilization within the
ritual context of mystical-religious experience. The
Native American Church is a clear contemporary
example of the successful application of the shamanic
model to the treatment of severe, refractory illness.
Although the Native American Church applies to a
circumscribed and relatively homogenous population, it
provides a valuable lesson on the importance of the
shamanic model and the need for attentiveness to set
and setting, intention, preparation and integration, as
well as group identification. If we are to develop
optimal research designs for evaluating the therapeutic
utility of hallucinogens, it will not be sufficient to adhere
to strict standards of scientific methodology alone. We
must also pay heed to the examples provided us by such
successful applications of the shamanic paradigm. It
will only be then, when we have wedded our state of the
art research designs to the wisdom accrued from the
past, that we will adequately appreciate what role
hallucinogens may have in our future.
Conclusion
After a twenty-five year period of virtual
prohibition, formal psychiatric research with
hallucinogenic drugs has resumed. This article has
reviewed the process by which hallucinogens came to be
viewed as beyond the pale of respected and sanctioned
clinical investigation, and has directed attention to the
importance of fully understanding the lessons of the past
so as to avoid a similar fate for recently approved
research endeavors.
The shamanistic use of
hallucinogenic plants as agents designed to facilitate
healing, acquire knowledge and enhance societal
cohesion were brutally repressed in both the Old and
New Worlds by the progenitors of our own
contemporary Euro-American culture, often with
complicity of the medical professions. Knowledge of
the properties and potentials of these consciousness
altering plants was forgotten or driven deeply
underground for centuries. It was not until the late
1800s that German pharmaceutical researchers
investigating the properties of peyote re-discovered the
profound and highly unusual effects of these substances.
A dispute anticipating the virulent controversies of the
1960s ensued, however, pitting proponents of this new
model of consciousness exploration against those who
questioned the propriety of their colleagues enthusiasm
for self experimentation and penchant for sweeping
proclamations. The history of hallucinogen research in
the 20th century has revolved around this regrettable
polarization, and as such has impeded the evolution of
the field.
Developments in the second half of the 20th
century were catalyzed by the remarkable discoveries of
the Swiss research chemist, Albert Hofmann. In the
17
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
wake of his synthesis of the extraordinarily potent
psychoactive substance, lysergic acid diethylamide, a
period of active investigation ensued. Notable gains
were accomplished utilizing the psychotomimetic model
for understanding mental illness and the low dose
psycholytic approach for the treatment of a variety of
psychiatric conditions. It soon became apparent
however, that these models possessed inherent
limitations when applied to the orthodox psychiatric
constructs then in vogue. The implementation of the
high dose psychedelic model, in spite of its apparent
utility in treating resistant conditions such as refractory
alcoholism, presented even greater difficulties in
conforming to the boundaries of conventional theory
and practice. Acceptance of hallucinogens as reputable
tools for investigation and agents for treatment were
dealt a further and near fatal blow when they became
embroiled in the cultural wars of the 1960s. Together
with revelations of unethical activities of psychiatric
researchers under contract to military intelligence and
the CIA, the highly publicized and controversial
behaviors of hallucinogen enthusiasts led to the
repression of efforts to investigate formally these
substances. For the next twenty-five years research with
hallucinogens assumed pariah status within academic
psychiatry, virtually putting an end to formal dialogue
and debate.
We now have before us the opportunity to resurrect
the long dormant field of hallucinogen research.
However, if the debacle of the past is to be avoided, it is
imperative that we learn from the lessons of prior
generations of researchers who saw their hopes and
accomplishments dissipate under the pressures of
cultural apprehension and the threat of professional
ostracism. It is essential that the mistakes of the past
not be replicated. Definitive steps to end the protracted
period of silence and inactivity have been initiated.
Contemporary investigators will need to proceed
tactfully however, and with respect for the anxieties that
this work may provoke in their colleagues. Serious
effort must be taken to facilitate active dialogue and
collaboration. Current and accepted models of research
design must be rigorously adhered to, for to disregard
the state of contemporary scientific investigation would
ultimately undermine the goals of fully exploring the
rich potential of these substances. It will also be critical
to learn from the wisdom accrued over the ages in
cultures with world views quite different from our own.
Although much of the knowledge of the shamanic
utilization of plant hallucinogens has been lost with the
passage of time, investigators must appreciate the vital
role that set and setting have on determining outcome,
and incorporate such parameters in their research
designs. An opening now exists to explore this
fascinating yet poorly understood class of psychoactive
substances.
Whether we can successfully take
advantage of this opportunity will depend ultimately on
how well we have learned the lessons of the past.
References
Albaugh, BJ (1974) Peyote in the treatment of
alcoholism among American Indians. Am J
Psychiatry 131, 1247-1250.
Bergman, RL (1971) Navajo peyote use: Its apparent
safety. Amer J Psychiatry 128, 695-699.
Berringer, K (1927) Der Mescalinrausch. Springer,
Berlin.
Bleuler, M (1958) Comparison of drug-induced and
endogenous psychoses in man. In, PB Breatly, R
Deniker, Raduco-Thomas,D (Eds): Proceedings of
the
First
International
Congress
of
Neuropsychopharmacology. Elsevier, Amsterdam.
Bravo, G, Grob, C (1989) Shamans, sacraments and
psychiatrists. J Psychoactive Drugs 21, 123-128.
Chandler, AL, Hartman, MA (1960) Lysergic acid
diethylamide (LSD-25) as a facilitating agent in
psychotherapy. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2, 286-299.
Chwelos, N, Blewett, DB, Smith, CM, Hoffer, A (1959)
Use of d-lysergic acid diethhylamide in the
treatment of alcoholism. Quarterly J Studies
Alcohol 20, 577-590.
Cole, JO, Katz, M (1964) The psychotomimetic drugs.
JAMA 187, 182-185.
Cordova-Rios, M (1971) The Wizard of the Upper
Amazon. Atheneum, New York.
De Rios, MD, Smith, DE (1976) Using or abusing? An
anthropological approach to the study of
psychoactive drugs. J Psychedel Drugs 8, 263-266.
De Rios, MD, Grob, CS (1993) Hallucinogens,
suggestibility and adolescence in cross-cultural
perspective. Yearbook of Ethnomedicine 3, 113132.
Devereux, G (1958) Cultural thought models in
primitive and modern psychiatric theories.
Psychiatry 21, 359-374.
Ditman, KS, Whittlesey, JRB (1959) Comparisons of
the LSD experience and delirium tremens. Arch
Gen Psychiatry 1, 47.
Ellis, H (1897) Mescal: A new artificial paradise.
Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institution, pp.
537-548.
Freedman, DX (1986) Hallucinogenic drug research - if
so, so what?: Symposioum summary and
commentary. Pharmacol Biochem Behav: 24, 407415.
Furst, PT (1976) Hallucinogens and Culture. Chandler
and Sharp, Novato, CA.
18
Grob, Psychiatric Research with Hallucinogens
Grinker, R (1963) Lysergic acid diethylamide. Arch
Gen Psychiatry 8, 425.
Grinker, R (1964) Bootlegged ecstasy. JAMA 187,
192.
Grinspoon, L, Bakalar, JB (1979) Psychedelic Drugs
Reconsidered. Basic Books, New York.
Grinspoon, L Bakalar, JB (1986) Can drugs be used to
enhance the psychotherapeutic process? Amer J
Psychotherapy 40, 393-404.
Grob, C, De Rios, MD (1992) Adolescent drug use in
cross-cultural perspective. J Drug Issues 22, 121138.
Grof, S (1980) LSD Psychotherapy. Hunter House,
Pomona, CA.
Grof, S (1987) Spirituality, addiction, and western
science: ReVision 10(2), 5-18.
Guerra, F (1967) Mexican phantastica - A study of the
early ethnobotanical sources on hallucinogenic
drugs. Br J Addict 62, 171-187.
Guerra, F (1971) The Pre-Columbian Mind. Seminar
Press, London.
Guttman, E, Maclsy, WS (1936) Mescaline and
depersonalization: Therapeutic experiments. J
Neurol Psychopath 16, 193-212.
Harner, MJ (1973) The role of hallucinogenic plants in
European witchcraft.
In, Harner MJ (Ed):
Hallucinogens and Shamanism. PP. 125-150.
London, Oxford University Press.
Heffter, A. (1897) Uber Pellote. Arch. Exp. Path.
Pharmakol 40, 418-425.
Hofmann, A (1985) LSD - My Problem Child:
Reflections on Sacred Drugs, Myasticism, and
Science. J.P. Tarcher, Los Angeles.
Hollister, LE, Shelton, J, Krieger, G (1969) A
controlled comparison of lysergic diethylamide
(LSD) and dextroamphetamine in alcoholics.
Amer J Psychiatry 125, 1352-1357.
Huxley, A (1977) Moksha: Writings on Psychedelics
and the Visionary Experience. J.P. Tarcher, Los
Angeles.
Jacobs, BL (1984) Hallucinogens: Neurochemical,
Behavioral and Clinical Perspectives. Raven Press,
New York.
Jilek, WG (1971) From crazy witchdoctor to auxiiary
psychotherapist: The changing image of the
medicine man. Psychiatrica Clinica 4, 200-220.
Kluver, H (1928) Mescal: The 'Divine' Plant and its
Psychological Effects. Keegan-Paul, London.
LaBarre, W (1947) Primitive psychotherapy in native
American cultures: Peyotism and confession. J
Abnormal Soc Psychol 42, 294-309.
Leary, T, Alpert, R (1962)
The politics of
consciousness. Harvard Review 1(4), 33-37.
Lee, MA, Shlain, B (1985) Acid Dreams: The CIA,
LSD and the Sixties Rebellion. New York, Grove
Weidenfeld.
Levine, J, Ludwig, AM (1967) The hypnodelic
treatment technique. In, HA Abramson (ed), The
Use of LSD in Psychotherapy and Alcoholism.
New York, Bobbs-Merrill.
Ludwig, AM, Levine, J, Stark, LH (1970) LSD and
Alcoholism: A Clinical Study of Treatment
Efficacy. Springfield, Illinois, Charles C. Thomas.
Maclean, JR, Macdonald, DC, Byrne, UP, Hubbard,
AM (1961) LSD in treatment of alcoholism and
other psychiatric problems. Quarterly J Studies
Alcohol 22, 34-45.
Marks, J (1979) The Search for the "Manchurian
Candidate". New York, Dell.
Michelet, J (1965) Satanism and Witchcraft: A Study
in Medieval Superstition (1862). Translated by
A.R. Allinson. New York, Citadel.
Mitchell, SW (1896) Remarks on the effects of
Abhelonium lewinii (the mescal button). Br Med J
2, 1625-1629.
Neill, JR (1987) "More than medical significance":
LSD and American psychiatry 1953-1966. J
Psychoactive Drugs, 19, 39-45.
Noll, R (1983) Shamanism and schizophrenia: A statespecific approach to the "schizophrenia metaphor"
of shamanic states. American Ethnologist 10, 443459.
O'Neil, M (1987) Magical healing, love magic and the
Inquisition in late sixteenth-century Modena. In, S.
Haliczer (Ed): Inquisition and Society in Early
Modern Europe, pp. 88-114. Croom Helm,
London.
Osmond, H (1957) A review of the clinical effects of
psychotomimetic agents. Ann NY Acad Sci 66,
418-434.
Rinkel, M, Denber, HCB (Eds) (1958) Chemical
Concepts of Psychosis. McDowell, New York.
Schultes, RE (1938) The appeal of peyote (Lophophora
williamsii) as a medicine.
American
Anthropologist 40, 698-715.
Smart, RG, Storm, T, Baker EFW, Solursh, L (1966) A
controlled study of lysergide in the treatment or
alcoholism. Quarterly J Studies Alcohol 27, 469482.
Stevens, J: Storming Heaven (1988) LSD and the
American Dream. Harper and Row, New York.
Stockings, GT (1940) A clinical study of the mescaline
psychosis, with special reference to the mechanism
of the genesis of schizophrenia and other psychotic
states. J Mental Science 86, 29-47.
19
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
Stoll, WA (1947)
Lysergaure-diathylamid, ein
phantastikum aus der mutterkorngruppe.
Schweizer Archiv fur Neurologie und Psychiatrie
60, 279-323.
Strassman, RJ (1984) Adverse reactions to psychedelic
drugs: A review of the literature. J Nervous Mental
Disease 172, 577-595.
Strassman, RJ (1991) Human hallucinogenic drug
research in the United States: A present-day case
history and review of the process. J Psychoactive
Drugs 23, 29-37.
Van Dusen, W, Wilson, W, Miners, W, Hook, H (1967)
Treatment of alcoholism with lysergide. Quarterly
J Studies Alcohol 28, 295-304.
Wasson, RG (1968) Soma: Divine Mushroom of
Immortality. Harcourt, Brace and World, New
York.
Wasson, RG, Ruck, CAP, Hofmann, A (1978) The
Road to Eleusis. Harcourt, Brace, Jovanovich, New
York.
A slightly abbreviated version of this article first appeared in the Yearbook for Ethnomedicine and the Study of Consciousness 3:91112, 1994
20
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
3. Recent Advances and Concepts in the Search for Biological
Correlates of hallucinogen-induced Altered States of Consciousness
Franz X. Vollenweider, M.D.
intrusive mental activity. Specifically, the CSTC
loop model suggests that a deficient thalamic “filter”
function leads to sensory overload of the cortex
which in turn results in cognitive fragmentation and
sensory flooding as seen in hallucinogen-induced
states
and
naturally
occurring
psychoses
(Vollenweider, 1994).
The theoretical conception of the “thalamic
filter” theory is comparable to animal models of
sensory gating deficits such as the prepulse
inhibition paradigm (PPI), although the PPI
paradigm does not explicitly refer to the thalamus as
an anatomical structure responsible for filtering
deficits. However, both the CSTC model and the
PPI paradigm suggest that perturbations in corticostriato-thalamic pathways are critical for the loss of
inhibition processes and the pathogenesis of
psychotic symptoms. This assumption is supported
by increasing preclinical evidence demonstrating
that hallucinogens specifically interfere with
neurotransmitter systems within the limbic corticostriatal-thalamic circuitry and produce PPI-deficits
comparable to those seen in several neuropsychiatric
disorders characterized by failure to inhibit
irrelevant cognitive, motor or sensory information.
Positron emission tomography (PET) was used
to test the hypothesis that hallucinogens may lead to
a disruption of “filter” functions and produce a
sensory overload of the frontal cortex. Moreover, a
correlational analysis between hallucinogen-induced
changes in neuronal activity and specific dimensions
of ASC was carried out to elucidate the neuronal
substrates of psychedelic states.
Psychometric
measures and PET investigations with specific
receptor ligands were and are performed to
investigate the effects of hallucinogens on brain
functions before and after pretreatment with specific
neuroreceptor antagonists. These studies provide a
paradigm shift where interactions of different
neurotransmitter systems are seen as the basis for the
psychological effects of hallucinogens. The PPI
paradigm is used as a second measure to characterize
the putative effects of hallucinogens on inhibition
processes in humans and functional interactions of
neurotransmitter systems in ASC. Clearly, among
the many topics that could be considered in this
Introduction
Hallucinogens and related substances constitute
a powerful experimental basis to investigate
biological correlates of altered states of
consciousness (ASC) (Hermle et al. 1988; Javitt and
Zukin 1991; Vollenweider, 1994). In combination
with functional brain imaging techniques and
pharmacological methodologies, they are remarkable
molecular probes to study the functional
organization of the brain and to generate chemical
hypotheses of ASC. The study of hallucinogens in
humans is important because these substances affect
a number of brain functions that typically
characterize the human mind, including cognition,
volition, ego, and self-consciousness. They can elicit
a clinical syndrome that resembles in various aspects
the first manifestation of schizophrenic disorders,
but is different in other respects (Fischman, 1983;
Gouzoulis et al. 1994; Vollenweider et al. 1997d).
The various forms of ego-disorders are especially
prominent features of psychedelic and naturally
occurring psychoses. For example, they can produce
a form of ego-dissolution that is experienced with
heightened awareness, en-hanced introspection,
sublime happiness, as well as a form that is
experienced with anxiety and fragmentation. Hence,
studies of the neuronal mechanisms of action of
hallucinogens should provide not only novel insights
into the pathophysiology of psychiatric disorders and
their treatments, but in a more wider sense into the
biology of consciousness as a whole, e.g. into the
biology of ego structuring processes.
In the present discussion, I wish to summarize
some of the recent advances in hallucinogen research
that have resulted from human studies conducted in
our group. In the first part, a human model of
sensory gating deficits, the cortico-striato-thalamocortical (CSTC) loop model of psychosensory
processing, is introduced to provide a perspective on
how current scientific knowledge about hallucinogen
drug action could be visualized within a synthetic
framework to explain their subjective effects in
humans.
The CSTC model is based on the
assumption that psychedelic and psychotic symptoms
can be conceptualized by failure to inhibit or “gate”
21
Vollenweider, Hallucinogen-induced altered states
context, I have to make some selection, and some of
the subjects unavoidably will remain sketchy.
APZ scores (mean)
1400
1200
OSE
1000
VUS
800
AIA
600
400
200
0
psilocybin
ketamine
amphetamine
MDMA
placebo
Figure 1. APZ Profiles in healthy volunteers (n = 20).
second dimension “dread of ego-dissolution”(AIA)
measures thought disorder, ego-disintegration, loss
of autonomy and self-control variously associated
with arousal, anxiety, and paranoid feelings of being
endangered. The third subscale “visionary restructuralization”(VUS), refers to auditory and visual
illusions, hallucinations, synaesthetic phenomena, as
well as to changes in the meaning of various
precepts.
The intercultural consistency of the APZ
dimensions OSE, AIA and VUS has been rigorously
tested in a subsequent study, the International Study
on Altered States of Consciousness (ISASC), and the
dimensions have been shown to be altered consistently in a manner that is independent of the
particular treatment, disorder, or condition that led
to the ASC (Dittrich et al. 1985; Dittrich, 1994). The
APZ rating scale is now available in an English
version and it is important to emphasize the need for
a quantitative instrument such as the APZ to
exchange and integrate further research into the
effects of hallucinogens on an international level.
So far, the APZ questionnaire has been used to
characterize the psychological effects of hallucinogens, dissociative anesthetics, stimulants, and
entactogens. For example, using the APZ
questionnaire, we recently demonstrated in a doubleblind placebo-controlled study that the psychological
effects of MDMA in normals can be clearly differ-
Measurement of psychological dimensions of ASC
In the context of the present theme -relating
psychological
and
biological
effects
of
hallucinogens- the assessment and characterization
of altered states of consciousness (ASC) is of
fundamental importance. Among several rating
scales, the APZ questionnaire, which has become
the standard in Europe for measuring specific states
of consciousness and which has been used on a
routine basis by our group, is to be described. In
short, the APZ questionnaire was developed based on
a large prospective study done with 393 subjects
tested with cannabinoids, dimethyltryptamine,
psilocybin, mescaline, harmaline, nitrosoxide,
hypnosis, autogenic training, and meditation
techniques (Dittrich, 1994). It measures three
primary and one secondary etiology-independent
dimensions of ASC. The first dimension, designated
as “oceanic boundlessness” (OSE), measures
derealization phenomena and ego-dissolution which
are associated with enhanced sensory awareness and
a positive basic mood ranging from heightened
feelings to sublime happiness and exaltation. Egodissolution can include or start with a mere
loosening of ego-boundaries, but may end up in a
feeling of merging with the cosmos, where the
experience of the sense of time is changed or
completely vanished. This state might be comparable
to a mystical experience, if fully developed. The
22
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
entiated from those seen in comparable studies with
Cortico-striato-thalamo-cortical feedback loops (CSTC)
1st proj. area
sensory assoc. cortex
frontal
cortex
temporal Cx
GABA
hippocampus
Glu
sensory
input
Ach
Glu
GABA
Glu
ventr.pall.
ventr.str.
DA
VTA
SNc
thalamus
5-HT
DR
ketamine blocks NMDA receptors
psilocybin activates 5-HT2 receptors
Figure 2. Cortico-striato-thalamo-cortical feedback loops.
ketamine,
psilocybin,
and
amphetamine
(Vollenweider et al. 1997e) (Figure 1).
As seen in figure 1, MDMA (1.7 mg/kg p.o.)
produced a unique pattern of APZ scores. Although
the OSE scores in MDMA subjects were approximately similar (80%) to those seen after psilocybin
and ketamine, the VUS and AIA scores were only
about 30-50% of the values seen in psilocybin and
ketamine subjects (Vollenweider et al. 1997b;
Vollenweider et al. 1997b). In contrast to psilocybin
and ketamine subjects, loosening of ego-boundaries
and perceptual changes produced by MDMA were
generally not experienced as problematic or
psychotic fusion, but instead as a positive or
pleasurable state in which the distinction between
self and nonself was reduced and a sense of
enhanced empathy existed. Furthermore, MDMA
subjects noted that this state allowed them to feel
“more united with the world” and less “separated
from others”. Unlike psilocybin and ketamine, both
of which produced comparable increases in
hallucinations as indicated by the VUS scores,
MDMA did not produce hallucinations, but instead
what was typically described was an intensification
of sensory perception (“colors were more intense,”
“objects appeared more detailed,” sound was more
clear, etc.), and visual illusions (“3D-vision of flat
objects,” micropsia and macropsia, etc.). Finally,
with regard to psychostimulants, euphorigenic doses
of d-amphetamine produced similar AIA scores, but
lower OSE and VUS scores than those seen in the
study with MDMA (Vollenweider et al. 1997a).
Although additional studies using multiple doses are
needed to confirm these conclusions, the present
findings are suggestive of appreciable differences in
the psychological profiles produced by MDMA
relative to psilocybin, ketamine, or d-amphetamine.
Certainly, several types of ASCs possibly may
have etiology-specific dimensions, e.g. acoustichallucinatory phenomena, memory disturbances etc.,
besides those mentioned above. The identification of
such specific dimensions will be pertinent to a more
comprehensive description of ASC's. Moreover,
since individual reaction differences on ASCinducing agents are high, even when experimental
conditions are kept constant, research into other
23
Vollenweider, Hallucinogen-induced altered states
factors such as personality traits, genetic
predispositions,
environmental
factors,
etc.,
influencing the course of ASC is mandatory. Such
studies were performed (Dittrich, 1994) or are in
progress (Vollenweider et al., in preparation).
Another important need, particularly for exploring
pathophysiological commonalties of ASC and
naturally occurring psychoses, is the systematic
assessment of similarities and differences of
psychotic symptoms seen in drug-induced ASC and
psychiatric patients, using the same psychometric
instruments, e.g. such as the APZ, HRS or IPP rating
scales (Dittrich, 1994; Scharfetter 1995; Strassman,
1995).
The model includes the view that the thalamus
acts a filter or gating mechanism for the extero- and
interoceptive information flow to the cerebral cortex
and that deficits in thalamic gating may lead to a
sensory overload of the cortex, which in turn may
ultimately cause the sensory flooding, cognitive
fragmentation and ego-dissolution seen in druginduced altered mental states and psychotic
disorders. The filter capability of the thalamus is
thought to be under the control of cortico-striatothalamic (CST) feedback loops. Specifically, it is
hypothesized that the striatum, comprising the dorsal
and the ventral striatum (including the nucleus
accumbens) and the corresponding dorsal and
ventral pallidum, excerts an inhibitory function on
the thalamus. Inhibition of the thalamus should
theoretically result in a decrease of sensory input to
the cortex and in a reduction of arousal, protecting
the cerebral cortex from sensory overload and
breakdown of its integrative capacity. The model
suggests that striatal activity is modulated by a
number of subsidiary circuits, with their respectively
neurotransmitter systems. The mesostriatal and
mesolimbic projections provide an inhibitory
dopaminergic input to the striatum including the
nucleus accumbens. Under physiological conditions,
the inhibitory influence of dopaminergic systems on
the striatum is, however, thought to be counterbalanced by the glutamatergic excitatory input from
cortico-striatal pathways. This assumption implies
that an increase in dopaminergic tone, as well as a
decrease in glutamatergic neurotransmission should
theoretically lead to a reduction of the inhibitory
influence of the striatum on the thalamus and result
in an opening of the thalamic “filter” and,
subsequently, in a sensory overload of the cerebral
cortex, resulting in psychotic symptom formation.
Finally, the reticular formation, which is activated by
input from all sensory modalities, gives rise to
serotonergic projections to the components of the
CST loops, namely the frontal cerebral cortex,
cingulate cortex, hippocampus, striatum, nucleus
accumbens, thalamus, and amygdala. Excessive
activation of the postsynaptic elements of these
serotonergic projection sites should also result in a
reduction of the thalamic gating mechanism and,
consequently, in a sensory overload of frontal cortex
resulting in psychosis.
The CSTC model of sensory information
processing and ASC
Based on the available neuroanatomical
evidence and pharmacological findings of
psychedelic drug actions, we proposed a corticosubcortical model of psychosensory information
processing that can be used as a starting working
hypothesis to analyze and integrate the effects of
different chemical types of hallucinogens at a system
level. The model conceptualizes psychedelic states as
complex disturbances that arise from more
elementary deficits of sensory information
processing
in
cortico-striato-thalamo-cortical
(CSTC) feedback loops. The model was not entirely
new; it incorporates the idea that psychotic
symptoms might relate to a dopaminergic and/or
dopaminergic-glutamatergic
neurotransmitter
dysbalance in mesolimbic and/or mesolimbiccorticostriatal pathways, but it enlarges this
hypothesis, insofar as serotonergic and GABAergic
neurotransmission are also brought into the scheme
(Vollenweider, 1992; Vollenweider, 1994).
In short, five CSTC loops have been identified
and each loop, functioning in parallel, is thought to
mediate a different set of functions; the motor, the
oculomotor, the prefrontal, the association and the
limbic loop. The limbic loop is involved in memory,
learning, and self-nonself discrimination by linking
of cortical categorized exteroceptive perception and
internal stimuli of the value system. The limbic loop
originates in the medial and lateral temporal lobe
and hippocampal formation, projects to the ventral
striatum including the nucleus accumbens, the
ventromedial portions of the caudate nucleus and
putamen. Projections from these nuclei then
converge on the ventral pallidum and feedback via
the thalamus to the anterior cingulate and the
orbitofrontal cortex (Figure 2).
First results testing the CSTC model
Although the CSTC model is an oversimplification, it provides a set of testable hypotheses.
Specifically, according to the CSTC model we have
24
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
hypothesized, the reduction of glutamatergic
functions, for example by the NMDA antagonist
ketamine, should lead to a sensory overload and
metabolic activation of the cerebral cortex,
presumably of the frontal cortex (hyperfrontality). If
the CSTC model is valid, stimulation of the
u
u
u
u
u
serotonergic system, for example by the mixed
5-HT2A/2C/1A agonist psilocybin, should lead to
activation of the frontal cortex similar to that seen
with ketamine (see figure 2).
Factor I: frontomedial, frontolateral, cingulate ant. and
post., parietal, and sensorimotor Cortex
Factor II: occipitomedial and -lateral Cortex
Factor III: temporomedial and lateral Cortex
Factor IV: caudate nucleus, putamen
Factor V: thalamus
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IV
III
I
I
V
III
II
PUK-ZH
Figure 3. Five clusters of brain regions (factors 1-5) that can be interpreted as functional "units" or "modules."
Each unit comprises a number of functionally highly intercorrelated brain regions. For example, the "frontoparietal factor"(I)includes the frontomedial, frontolateral, anterior and posterior cingulate, parietal, and
sensorimotor cortex. The integrity of this factor structure is not disrupted in ASC, but the activity of brain regions
within such an unit alters with psychedelic states. The "fronto-parietal factor" appears to play a fundamental role
as a "central supervision and execution system" insofar as this unit is involved in ego-structuring processes and
self-representation by interpretation and integration of extra- and intrasensory information, planning and
execution of motor functions.
The hyperfrontality hypothesis of ketamine- and
psilocybin-induced mental states has been tested in
healthy volunteers using positron emission
tomography (PET) and the radioligand [18F]fluorodeoxyglucose (FDG). PET with FDG enables one to
explore directly the interactive organization of the
human brain, via the coupling of cerebral glucose
metabolism and neuronal activity. In fact, the central
hypothesis of a frontocortical activation in psychedelic states could be confirmed. Both ketamine and
psilocybin led to a marked metabolic activation of
the frontal cortex and a number of overlapping
metabolic changes in other brain regions
(Vollenweider et al. 1997c; Vollenweider et al.
1997d). To elucidate the relationship between
regional metabolic activation of the brain and
specific states of consciousness a correlational
analysis was performed. One of the main findings of
this computation was that ego dissolution and
derealization phenomena correlated with the in-
crease of metabolic activity in the frontal cortex
including the anterior cingulate, and also with
changes in the temporal cortex and basal ganglia.
These findings demonstrated that not a single brain
region, but distributed neuronal networks are
involved in psychedelic and psychotic symptom
formation.
Nevertheless, the hyperfrontality finding
observed in these studies is potentially important.
First, the marked stimulation of the frontal cortex,
the anterior cingulate, the temporomedial cortex and
the thalamus seen in both psilocybin and ketamine
subjects is in line with the thalamic filter theory,
suggesting that a disruption of the limbic corticostriato-thalamic (CST) loop should theoretically lead
to a sensory overload of the frontal cortex and its
limbic relay stations. This interpretation is also
supported by the recent finding that ketamine
administration in haloperidol-stabilized schizophrenics resulted in an increase of cerebral blood
25
Vollenweider, Hallucinogen-induced altered states
flow in the thalamus, frontomedial and anterior
cingulate cortex, concomitant with the exacerbation
of psychotic symptoms (Lahti et al. 1995). Second,
the hyperfrontality is of particular interest because it
appears to parallel similar findings in acutely ill
schizophrenic and non-schizophrenic psychotic
patients, but contrasts with the hypofrontality finding
seen in chronic schizophrenics. Third, the common
hyperfrontality finding also supports the idea that the
psychedelics used in these studies may mediated
their effects through a common neurotransmitter
system. As 5-HT2 and NMDA receptors have been
located on GABAergic neurons in the frontal cortex,
GABAergic neurons in cortico-striatal pathways may
provide a common anatomical substrate involved in
the genesis of ketamine- and psilocybin-induced
hyperfrontality and psychosis. On the other hand,
both psilocybin and ketamine have been reported to
activate either directly or indirectly the dopaminergic
system. As activation of dopaminergic pathways
could theoretically lead to disruption of the information flow in CST-loops, the possibility remains
that
dopamine
also
contributes
to
the
pathophysiology of hyperfrontality and acute
psychotic symptom formations (Kehr, 1977; Meltzer
et al. 1978; Meltzer et al. 1981; Hiramatsu et al.
1989). Certainly, such hypotheses need substantial
prospectively acquired corroborative evidence and
carefully designed mechanistic studies (see below).
computed. Surprisingly, this computation revealed
that the “cortical-subcortical organization” (based on
a five-factor solution) during ASC was very similar
to that seen under placebo condition, indicating that
the functional integrity of interrelated brain regions
(factors), which might be interpreted as functional
“units” or “modules”, is not disrupted in ASC (see
Figure 3). According to their content, the factors
were labeled “fronto-parietal cortex,” “temporal
cortex,” “occipital cortex,” “striatum” (which
included the nucleus caudate and putamen), and
“thalamus.” Subsequent comparison of the factor
score values of the drug and placebo condition
revealed, however, that subjects during hallucinatory
states had significantly higher scores on the “frontalparietal” and “striatal” network, and lower scores on
the “occipital cortex” than in resting states. This
finding indicates that neuronal activity within these
modules (factors) and the more global relationship
between these units (factors) is markedly different in
ASC than in the normal waking state.
Moreover, multiple regression analysis between
psychological scores (APZ scores) and factor score
values (normalized metabolic activity) revealed first
that the dimension OSE (oceanic boundlessness)
relates to changes in metabolic activity in the
frontal-parietal, temporal, and occipital cortex.
Second, that VUS (visionary restructuralization
including hallucinatory phenomena) is associated
with metabolic alterations of a fronto-parietal,
temporal, striatal, and occipital network, and third
that anxious ego-disintegration (AIA) is primarily
associated with metabolic changes in the thalamus,
as shown by the following regression equations:
Patterns of cortical activity in Altered states of
consciousness
The correlational analysis between cortical
activity and psychological dimensions of ASC of our
psilocybin and ketamine studies clearly indicated
that complex neuronal networks are involved in the
formation of ASC. This implies that a multivariate
analysis of metabolic and psychological data and
relatively large sample size, e.g. 50 -100 subjects, is
mandatory to identify the common neuroanatomical
substrates of ASC with accurate precision.
Therefore, a number of additional placebo-controlled
FDG-PET experiments with S-ketamine, Rketamine, and amphetamine were performed in
normal subjects to explore further the relationship
between hallucinogen-induced patterns of cortical
activity and the psychological dimensions of ASC
(Vollenweider et al. 1997; Vollenweider et al.
1997b). To identify the interactive organization of
the brain in resting states and ASC, normalized
metabolic PET data from placebo and corresponding
drug conditions were subjected to a factor analysis
and factor scores for each individual subjects was
OSE = 0.32 F1* - 0.20 F2* + 0.11 F3 + 0.20 F4*
+ 0.05 F5
VUS = 0.20 F1* - 0.27 F2* + 0.17 F3* + 0.32 F4*
+ 0.10 F5
AIA = 0.00 F1 + 0.09 F2 + 0.01 F3 + 0.17 F4
+ 0.28 F5*
F1 is the fronto-parietal factor, F2 is the
occipital factor, F3 is the temporal factor, F4 is
the striatal factor, and F5 is the thalamic
factor; *denotes significance at the level of p <
0.05.
The present results suggest that hallucinogens in
combination with functional brain imaging
techniques (PET, SPECT, fMRI etc.) are promising
research tools for exploring the biological correlates
26
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
of ego-structuring processes. It appears that the more
positively experienced form of ego-dissolution (OSE)
can functionally and metabolically be differentiated
from the more fragmented and anxious egodissolution AIA. The present data also indicate that
the CSTC model used here provides a satisfactory
starting point to approach the functional
organization of the brain in ASC. It should be noted,
however, that the present correlations, which are
based on an aggregation of observations over time
(APZ ratings, metabolism) and space (brain regions)
though probably correct in the order of magnitude,
might be inadequate at a finer level of resolution. To
explore further the circuitry dynamics of the CSTC
model during ASC, we have started making use of a
new three dimensional EEG-based functional brain
tomo-
Chemical Network in ASC
serotonin
Ketamine
GABA
glutamate
dopamine
Psilocybin
norepinephrine
serotonin
GABA
acetylcholine
Figure 4. Chemical Network in Altered States of Consciousness (see text).
graphy for localizing the electric activity in the
brain, which is called LORETA (low resolution
electromagnetic tomography) (Pasqual-Marqui et al.
1994). LORETA allows locating differences in the
distribution of electrically active neuronal populations with the advantage of the high time resolution
of the EEG. A first aim of an ongoing study is to
explore the course of the functional relationship
between the thalamus and cortical regions,
particularly the frontal cortex, during MDMA or
psilocybin administration in healthy volunteers
(Vollenweider, Gamma and Frei, in preparation). It
is proposed that the combination of LORETA and
PET will bring further insight into the functional
organization of the brain in ASC.
the treatment and pathogenesis of schizophrenia
(Carlsson and Carlsson 1990; Vollenweider et al.
1997d). Indeed, both indoleamine (psilocybin, LSD)
and phenylalkylamine (mescaline, DOI) hallucinogens, which produce schizophrenia-like syndromes
in humans, primarily bind to 5-HT1, 5-HT2, 5-HT5
and 5-HT7 receptors in various animal tissue
preparations (Peroutka, 1994). Furthermore, it has
been suggested that the common effects of these two
classes of hallucinogens may be mediated by agonist
actions at 5-HT2 receptors: first, because the potency
of hallucinogens correlates with 5-HT2 receptor
binding affinity in animals (Titeler et al. 1988); and
second, because the behavioral effects of
hallucinogens in animals can be blocked by 5-HT2
antagonists (Sanders-Bush et al. 1988; Meert et al.
1989; Wing et al. 1990; Schreiber et al. 1995).
Furthermore, the affinity of LSD for D2 receptors
(Watts et al. 1995) and other influences of
hallucinogens on dopamine (DA) functions (Smith et
al. 1975; Haubrich and Wang 1977) suggest some
contribution of DA systems to hallucinogen effects.
The role of the serotonin and dopamine systems in
Further explorations into the role of serotonin and
dopamine in ASC
The CSTC model suggests that serotonergic
pathways modulating cortico-striatal-thalamic loops
of sensory and cognitive information processing are
critical to hallucinogenic drug action, as well as for
27
Vollenweider, Hallucinogen-induced altered states
the generation of hallucinogen-induced ASC has
never been systematically tested in human studies.
With respect to understanding and development of
novel pharmacological treatments of psychoses,
human studies are, however, essential, particularly
since more recent data indicate that some animal
models of hallucinogenic drug action may not reflect
hallucinogenic properties in man (Koerner and
Appel 1982).
hallucinogen-assisted psychotherapy, specific 5-HT2A
antagonists may also prove valuable to antagonize
prolonged or unwanted side effects of indole
hallucinogens.
90
#
AIA score (t-trans)
80
To test the hypotheses that 5-HT2 and/or DA D2
receptors contribute to hallucinogen action in
humans, we studied the influences of pretreatment
with the preferential 5-HT2A antagonist ketanserin
(Hoyer and Schoeffter 1991), the D2 antagonist
haloperidol (Burt et al. 1976), or the mixed 5HT2/D2 antagonist risperidone (Leysen et al. 1996)
on the psychological and cognitive effects of
psilocybin in normal subjects, using a placebocontrolled, within-subject design (Vollenweider et al.
1996).
The
APZ
rating
scale
and
a
neuropsychological test were used to assess the
subjective effect of psilocybin and putative working
memory deficits. As seen in figure 5, the subjective
effects of psilocybin were blocked dose-dependently
by the serotonin 5-HT2A antagonist ketanserin or the
atypical antipsychotic risperidone, but were
increased by the dopamine antagonist and typical
antipsychotic haloperidol. These data are consistent
with animal studies and provide the first evidence in
humans that psilocybin-induced ASC's are primarily
due to serotonin 5-HT2A receptor activation. Given
the evidence that psilocybin does not act directly
upon DA receptors (Creese et al. 1975) and the fact
that haloperidol partially ameliorated the OSE score
including positively experienced derealization and
depersonalization phenomena, but markedly
increased cognitive deficits and anxious egodissolution as measured by the AIA score, it appears
that psilocybin also has a complex indirect influence
on dopaminergic systems (Figure 4, 5). Nevertheless,
our results show that 5-HT2A/C receptor activation
can lead to psychotic symptoms that do not depend
on DA systems. This finding together with our
previous observation that psilocybin stimulates
frontocortical glucose metabolism in normals
(Vollenweider et al. 1997d) similar to that seen in
acutely ill schizophrenic patients, supports the
hypothesis that excessive serotonergic activity may
be a critical factor in psychedelic and naturally
occurring psychoses, at least in a subset of
schizophrenic patients, and that specific 5-HT2A
antagonists may be useful in normalizing such
imbalances (Meltzer, 1991). With respect to
70
60
**
**
50
*
**
40
30
pl psi k1 k2
ketanserin
pl psi r1 r2
risperidone
pl psi h
haloperidol
Figure 5. Placebo (pl) and psilocybin (psi) effects
on AIA scores. Pretreatment with the selective 5HT2A receptor antagonists ketanserin (k1, k2) and
risperidone (r1, r2) significantly blocks psilocybininduced increased AIA scores, while haloperidol (h)
markedly increased the cognitive deficits and
anxious ego-dissolution score.
Whether psilocybin increases dopaminergic
activity through 5-HT2 receptor stimulation alone or
in combination with 5-HT1 receptors or via another
receptor system needs to be further investigated and
is the main scope of an ongoing PET study on
serotonin-dopamine interactions (Vollenweider et al.
1997g). The clarification of this issue is important,
since more recent studies suggest that atypical
neuroleptics mediate their antipsychotic effects
through 5-HT2 and D2 antagonism (Meltzer and
Gudelsky 1992).
The sensorimotor gating model and ASC
Another important research concept that allows
one to explore the neuropharmacology of hallucinogens and cognitive and sensorimotor gating or
“filtering” deficits in ASC is the prepulse inhibition
paradigm of the startle response (PPI) (for review see
(Swerdlow et al. 1992; Geyer and Markou 1995).
The PPI paradigm is based on the observation that a
startle response to an intensive stimulus is inhibited
or gated when the startling cue is preceeded 30-500
msec earlier by a weak prepulse. Theoretically, and
as similarly proposed by the CSTC loop model,
impairments in inhibition processes lead to sensory
overload, attentional deficits, and cognitive fragmentation. PPI has been used as an operational
28
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
measure of cognitive and sensorimotor gating in
both human and animal studies. PPI deficits have
been found in patients with schizophrenia, obsessive
compulsive disorder (OCD), Huntington's disease,
and psychosis-prone normals compared to normals,
reflecting failure to gate sensory, cognitive, or motor
information (Geyer et al. 1990; Swerdlow et al.
1994; Swerdlow et al. 1995). More importantly, the
PPI deficits seen in these psychiatric patients can be
mimicked in rats treated with hallucinogenic 5-HT
agonists (psilocybin, DOI, etc.) or NMDA antagonists (ketamine, PCP, or MK 801), giving support
to the idea that the sensory flooding seen in ASC and
psychotic patients may have a common underlying
neurobiological basis (Mansbach and Geyer 1989;
Sipes and Geyer 1994) (see above). In fact, the
similarity of PPI deficits in animal studies and
schizophrenic patients, in combination with other
findings, has revitalized interest in hallucinogens in
the 1990s and prompted a concerted search into the
neurotransmitter systems involved in modulating PPI
in rodents (for review see Geyer and Markou 1995).
Studies into the PPI-disruptive effects of
hallucinogens and related drugs contributed to the
development of specific hypotheses about the
primary locus that may be responsible for the
psychological effects of hallucinogens in humans.
For example, animal studies subsequently
demonstrated that the PPI-disruptive effects of both
hallucinogenic 5-HT2 agonists, such as DOI (Sipes
and Geyer 1995a; Sipes and Geyer 1997a) and
serotonin (5-HT) releasing compounds, such as
MDMA ("Ecstasy"), could be blocked with selective
5-HT2A antagonists (Padich et al. 1996). These
findings gave substantial support to the idea that
indole- and phenylethylamine hallucinogens, but
presumably also “entactogens” such as MDMA may
mediate their psychological effects in humans
through action at a common site, 5-HT2A receptors,
although other subtypes of serotonin receptors are
also implicated in the modulation of PPI (Sipes and
Geyer 1994; Sipes and Geyer 1995; Sipes and Geyer
1996).
The hypothesis that indoleamine hallucinogens
such as psilocybin mediate their psychedelic effects
primarily via 5-HT2 receptor activation has been
confirmed more recently in a human study (see
above, (Vollenweider et al. 1996)). However,
whether and how indoleamine hallucinogens and
entactogens affect PPI in humans, has not yet been
tested. Moreover, it is unclear whether the 5-HT2
receptor system contributes to the psychological
effects of entactogens in humans, since entactogens,
unlike hallucinogens, do not produce hallucinations
or psychotic symptoms in man.
To explore and compare the putative effects of a
typical indoleamine hallucinogen and entactogen on
PPI, we have begun to investigate the effects of
psilocybin, a 5-HT2 agonist, and MDMA, a 5-HT
releaser, on PPI of acoustic startle in normal
laboratory rats versus healthy human volunteers (a
collaboration
with
Mark
Geyer,
UCSD)
(Vollenweider et al. 1997e). To illustrate the need of
such comparison studies, the major results of the
MDMA study shall briefly be given here. Based on
previous studies in rats and mice, the hypothesis was
that MDMA would disrupt PPI in both rats and
humans.
Surprisingly, our preliminary data indicate that
MDMA produces opposite effects on PPI in animals
and humans: (1) MDMA decreased PPI of acoustic
startle in a dose-related fashion in rats, as expected
from previous studies; and (2) a typical recreational
dose of MDMA (1.7 mg/kg) increased PPI measured
under comparable conditions. The multiple doses of
MDMA used in rats ranged from the same 1.7
mg/kg dose used in humans to one order of
magnitude higher, in keeping with the typical
differences in effective doses between these species.
The dose of MDMA used in the human study was
shown to have substantial psychological effects in
the same subjects, characterized by an easily
controlled affective state with feelings of relaxation,
heightened mood, euphoria, increased sensory
awareness, and elevated psychomotor drive, as
detailed elsewhere (Vollenweider et al. 1997f).
The time between administration and testing
was selected to be at or near the time of peak effects
observed in rats and humans, given the respective
routes of administration (subcutaneous injection vs
oral). Thus, despite attempts to maximize the
comparability of the tests in rats and humans,
MDMA produced opposite behavioral effects in rats
versus humans, using a measure of sensorimotor
gating that is thought to have a high degree of crossspecies homology (Geyer and Markou 1995). In the
absence of mechanistic studies, no firm conclusions
can be drawn regarding the mediation of the
observed MDMA effects in humans. Hence,
considerably more research will be required to
determine whether this disparity between drug
effects in rats and humans reflects a species-specific
difference in the mechanism of action of MDMA or
in the behavioral expression of a similar
pharmacological effect, or both. Furthermore, these
findings demonstrate the importance of conducting
29
Vollenweider, Hallucinogen-induced altered states
mechanistic studies of pharmacological agents in
healthy humans as well as in experimental animals.
biological comparison. Schizophrenia Bull 9:7394
Geyer MA, Swerdlow NR, Mansbach RS, Braff DL.
(1990): Startle response models of sensorimotor
gating and habituation deficits in schizophrenia.
Brain Res Bull 25:485-498
Geyer MA, Markou A. (1995): Animal models of
psychiatric disorders. In Bloom FE, Kupfer DJ
(eds), The fourth generation of progress. New
York, Raven Press, pp.787-798.
Gouzoulis E, Hermle L, Sass H. (1994): (Psychedelic
experiences at the onset of productive episodes
of endogenous psychoses). Nervenarzt 65:198201
Haubrich DR, Wang PFL. (1977): N,Ndimethyltryptamine lowers rat brain acetylcholine and dopamine. Brain Res 131:158-161
Hermle L, Oepen G, Spitzer M. (1988): Zur
Bedeutung der Modellpsychosen. Fortschr
Neurol Psychiat 56:48-58
Hiramatsu M, Cho AK, Nabeshima T. (1989):
Comparison
of
the
behavioral and
biochemical effects of the NMDA receptor
antagonists, MK-801 and phencyclidine. Eur J
Pharmacol 166:359-366
Hoyer D, Schoeffter P. (1991): 5-HT receptors:
Subtypes and second messengers. J Receptor Res
11:197-214
Javitt DC, Zukin SR. (1991): Recent advances in the
phencyclidine model of schizophrenia. Am J
Psychiatry 148:1301-1308
Kehr W. (1977): Effect of lysuride and other ergot
derivatives on monoaminergic mechanism in rat
brain. Eur J Pharmacol 41:261-273
Koerner J, Appel JB. (1982): Psilocybin as a
discriminative stimulus: lack of specificity in an
animal behavior model for 'hallucinogens'.
Psychopharmacology (Berlin) 76:130-135
Lahti AC, Holcomb HH, Medoff DR, Tamminga
CA. (1995): Ketamine activates psychosis and
alters limbic blood flow in schizophrenia.
NeuroReport 6:869-872
Leonard BE. (1994): Serotonin receptors--where are
they going? Int Clin Psychopharmacol 9 Suppl
1:7-17
Leysen JE, Janssen PA, Gommeren W, Wynants J,
Pauwels PJ, Janssen PAJ. (1996): In vitro and in
vivo receptor binding and effects on monoamine
turnover in rat brain regions of the novel
antipsychotics risperidone and ocaperidone. Mol
Pharmacol 41:494-508
Mansbach RS, Geyer MA. (1989): Effect of
phencyclidine and phencyclidine biologs on
Outlook
In conclusion, the present data indicate that
human hallucinogen research with PET and PPI
offers a powerful research strategy for studying brain
function and neurotransmitter interactions in ASC.
The data indicate that neuronal substrates of normal
and abnormal thought and behavior are associated
with an interactive neuronal network of multiple
neurotransmitter systems. The data also corroborate
the view that the hallucinogen challenge paradigm
not only constitutes a powerful tool to bridge the gap
between the mental and the physical, but will also
enhance our understanding of the pathophysiology of
neuropsychiatric disorders.
Acknowledgments
The author especially thanks Prof. Mark Geyer,
UCSD,
and
Dr.
M.F.I.
VollenweiderScherpenhuyzen, Zürich, for critical comments on
the manuscript.
References
Beart PM, McDonald D. (1982): 5-hydroxytryptaminergic-dopaminergic interactions in the
ventral tegmental area of rat brain. J Pharm
Pharmacol 34:591-593
Burt DR, Creese I, Snyder SH. (1976): Properties of
[3H]Haloperidol and [3H]Dopamine binding
associated with dopamine receptors in calf brain
membranes. Mol Pharmacol 12:800-812
Carlsson M, Carlsson A. (1990): Schizophrenia: A
subcortical neurotransmitter imbalance syndrome? Schizophrenia Bull 16:425-432
Creese I, Burt DR, Snyder SH. (1975): The
dopamine receptor: differential binding of dLSD and related agents to agonist and
antagonist states. Life Sci 17:1715-1720
Dittrich A, von Arx S, Staub S. (1985): International
study on altered states of consciousness
(ISASC). Summary of the results. Germ J Psych
9:319-339
Dittrich A. (1994): Psychological aspects of altered
states of consciousness of the LSD type:
measurements of their basic dimensions and
prediction of individual differences. In Pletscher
A, Ladewig D (eds), 50 years of LSD. Current
status and perspectives of hallucinogens. New
York, Parthenon Publishing, pp.101-118.
Fischman LG. (1983): Dreams, hallucinogenic drug
states, and schizophrenia: a psychological and
30
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
sensorimotor
gating
in
the
rat.
Neuropsychopharm 2:299-308
Meert TF, de Haes P, Janssen PA. (1989):
Risperidone (R 64 766), a potent and complete
LSD antagonist in drug discrimination by rats.
Psychopharmacology (Berlin) 97:206-212
Meltzer HY, Fessler RG, Simonovic M, Fang VS.
(1978): Stimulation of rat prolactin secretion by
indolealkylamine
hallucinogens.
Psychopharmacology (Berlin) 56:255-259
Meltzer HY, Sturgeon RD, Simonovic M, et al.
(1981): Phencyclidine as an indirect dopamine
agonist.
In
Domino
EF
(ed),
PCP
(Phencyclidine):
Historical
and
Current
Perspectives. Ann Arbor, NPP Books, pp.207242. Meltzer HY. (1991): The mechanism of
action
of
novel
antipsychotic
drugs.
Schizophrenia Bull 17:263-287
Meltzer HY, Gudelsky GA. (1992): Dopaminergic
and
serotonergic
effects
of
clozapine
-Implications for a unique profile. Arzneim
Forsch 42:268-272
Padich RA, McCloskey TC, Kehne JH. (1996): 5-HT
modulation of auditory and visual sensorimotor
gating:II. effects of the 5-HT2A antagonist MDL
100,907 on disruption of sound and light
prepulse inhibition produced by 5-HT agonists
in Wistar rats. Psychopharmacology (Berlin)
124:107-116
Pasqual-Marqui RD, Michel CM, Lehmann D.
(1994): Low resolution electromagnetic tomography: a new method for localizing electrical
activity in the brain. Int J Psychophysiol 18:4965
Peroutka SJ. (1994): 5-hydroxytryptamine receptor
interactions of D-lysergic acid diethylamide. In
Pletscher A, Ladewig D (eds), 50 Years of LSD.
New York, The Parthenon Publishing Group,
pp.19-26.
Sanders-Bush E, Burries KD, Knoth K. (1988):
Lysergic acid diethylamide and 2,5-dimethoxy4-methylamphetamine are partial agonists at
serotonin receptors linked to phosphoinositide
hydrolysis. J Pharmacol Exp Ther 246:924-928
Scharfetter C. (1995) The self-experience of schizophrenics. Empirical studies of the ego/self in
schizophrenia, borderline disorders and depression. Zürich, University of Zürich.
Schreiber R, Brocco M, Audinot V, Gobert A, Veiga
S, Millan MJ. (1995): (1-(2,5-dimethoxy-4
iodophenyl)-2-aminopropane)-induced
headtwitches in the rat are mediated by 5hydroxytryptamine (5-HT) 2A receptors:
modulation by novel 5-HT2A/2C antagonists,
D1 antagonists and 5-HT1A agonists. J
Pharmacol Exp Ther 273:101-112
Sipes TA, Geyer MA. (1994): Multiple serotonin
receptor subtypes modulate prpuls inhibition of
the starle respons in rats. Neuropharmacology
33:441-448
Sipes TA, Geyer MA. (1995a): DOI disruption of
prepulse inhibition of startle in the rat is
mediated by 5-HT2a and not by 5-HT2C
receptors. Behavioural Pharmacology 6:839842
Sipes TA, Geyer MA. (1995b): 8-OH-DPAT
disruption of prepulse inhibition in rats; reversal
with (+)WAY 100,135 and localization of site of
action. Psychopharmacology 117:41-48
Sipes TE, Geyer MA. (1996): Functional behavioral
homology between rat 5-HT1B and guinea pig
5-HT1D receptors in the modulation of prepulse
inhibition of startle. Psychopharmacology
125:231-237
Sipes TE, Geyer MA. DOI disrupts prepulse
inhibition of startle in rats via 5-HT2A receptors
in the ventral pallidum. [In Press] Brain Res
(1997):
Smith RC, Boggan WO, Freedman DX. (1975):
Effects of single and multiple dose LSD on
engogenous levels of brain tyrosine and
catecholamine. Psychopharmacologia 42:271276
Strassman RJ. (1995): Hallucinogenic drugs in
psychiatric research and treatment. J Nerv Ment
Dis 183:127-138
Swerdlow NR, Caine SB, Braff DL, Geyer MA.
(1992): The neural substrates of sensorimotor
gating of the starle reflex: a review of the recent
findigs and their implications. Journal of
Psychopharmacology 6:176-190
Swerdlow NR, Braff DL, Taaid N, Geyer MA.
(1994): Assessing the validity of an animal
model of deficient sensorimotor gating in
schizophrenic patients. Arch Gen Psychiatry
51:139-154
Swerdlow NR, Filion D, Geyer MA, Braff DL.
(1995): "Normal" personality correlates of
sensorimotor cognitive, and visuospatial gating.
Biol Psychiatry 37:286-299
Titeler M, Lyon RA, Glennon RA. (1988):
Radioligand binding evidence implicates the
brain 5-HT2 receptor as a site of action for LSD
and
phenylisopropylamine
hallucinogens.
Psychopharmacology (Berlin) 1988; 94:213216
Vollenweider FX. (1992): Die Anwendung von
Psychotomimetika in der Schizophrenie-
31
Vollenweider, Hallucinogen-induced altered states
forschung unter besonderer Berücksichtigung
der Ketamin/PCP-Modell-Psychose. SUCHT
38:389-409
Vollenweider FX. (1994): Evidence for a corticalsubcortical dysbalance of sensory information
processing during altered states of consciousness
using PET and FDG. In Pletscher A, Ladewig D
(eds), 50 Years of LSD: State of the Art and
Perspectives of Hallucinogens. Symposium of
the Swiss Academie of Medical Sciences,
October
21-22,
1993,
Lugano-Agno,
Switzerland. London, Parthenon Publishing, pp.
67-86.
Vollenweider FX, Gamma A, Baer T, et al. (1996)
Ketanserin, a 5-HT2 antagonist,
but not
haloperidol, effectively blocks psilocybininduced model psychosis in healthy volunteers.
[Abstract] WPA-Abstractbook: 116
Vollenweider FX, Antonini A, Leenders KL, Mathys
K. (1997a) Effects of high amphetamine doses
on mood and cerebral glucose metabolism in
normals using positron emission tomography
(PET). [submitted] Psychiatry Research:
Neuroimaging.
Vollenweider FX, Antonini A, Leenders KL, Oye I,
Hell D, Angst J. (1997b): Differential
Psychopathology and patterns of cerebral
glucose utilisation produced by (S)- and (R)ketamine in healthy volunteers measured by
FDG-PET. Eur Neuropsychopharmacol 7:25-38
Vollenweider FX, Leenders KL, Scharfetter C,
Antonini A, Maguire P, Missimer J, Angst J.
(1997c):
Metabolic
hyperfrontality
and
psychopathology in the ketamine model of
psychosis using positron emission tomography
(PET) and [F-18]-fluorodeoxyglocose (FDG).
Eur Neuropsychopharmacol 7:9-24
Vollenweider FX, Leenders KL, Scharfetter C,
Maguire P, Stadelmann O, Angst J. (1997d):
Positron
emission
tomography
and
fluorodeoxyglucose studies of metabolic
hyperfrontality and psychopathology in the
psilocybin
model
of
psychosis.
Neuropsychopharm 16:357-372
Vollenweider FX, Liechti M, Gamma A, Hell D,
Geyer M. (1997e) Effects of MDMA ("ecstasy")
on sensorimotor gating, attention, and mood in
healthy volunteers. [Abstract] The State of the
Art in Psychiaty/Abstracts 1997: 28
Vollenweider FX, Liechti M, Gamma A, Huber T.
(1997f): Psychological and cardiovascular
effects and short-term sequale of MDMA
("Ecstasy") on MDMA-naive healthy volunteers.
[submitted] Neuropsychopharm.
Vollenweider FX, Vontobel P, Hell D, Leenders KL
(1997g) Evidence for 5-HT2 mediated increase
of basal ganglia dopamine release in human
model psychosis - a PET study with
[11C]raclopride [Abstract] The State of the Art
in Psychiaty/Abstracts 1997: 39.
Watts VJ, C.P. Lawler CP, Fox DR, K.A. Neve KA,
D.E. Nichols DE, Mailman RB (1995): LSD and
structural analogs: pharmacological evaluation
at D1 dopamine receptors. Psychopharmacology,
118: 401-409.
Wing LL, Tapson GS, Geyer MA. (1990): 5HT-2
mediation of acute behavioral effects of
hallucinogens in rats. Psychopharmacology
(Berlin) 100:417-425
32
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
4. Why Study Hallucinogenic Drugs in Animals?
Mark A. Geyer, Ph.D
Introduction
What can we learn from studies of hallucinogenic
drugs in animals? The Church of Scientology has
labelled such studies funded by the National Institute
on Drug Abuse (NIDA) and the National Institute of
Mental Health (NIMH) as worthless wastes of the
taxpayers’ money.
This year, the Council for
Citizens Against Government Waste has joined in
the fight against the Federal funding of such research,
singling out a 25 year study of hallucinogen
mechanisms in animals, supported by NIMH, as
being particularly wasteful. In years past, my
research grant from NIDA supporting behavioral
studies of hallucinogens in rats has been targeted by
animal rights activists, including a candle-light vigil
protesting a study of 102 rats given phencyclidine.
Nevertheless, I and many other scientists believe that
we can learn important information from basic studies
of hallucinogen action in animal models and that this
information may lead to the alleviation of human
sufferring. The present essay will illustrate how such
benefits may be realized. From the outset, it should
be acknowledged that there are many reasons one
might wish to understand the mechanisms
responsible for the fascinating and often profound
effects of hallucinogens. Many believe that exploring
the effects of hallucinogens has the potential to teach
us important lessons regarding the nature of
consciousness and the way it relates to the brain.
Here, the focus is specifically on the possible
applications of such an understanding to the treatment
of mental illness, a more limited but still important
domain.
mechanism of blocking
receptors for the
neurotransmitter dopamine.
Dopamine is the
neurotransmitter that is believed to mediate the
behavioral actions of drugs such as amphetamine and
cocaine. Despite the fact that very little evidence
exists for a causal abnormality in dopamine systems
in the brains of schizophrenia patients, the vast
majority of these patients are treated currently with
dopamine antagonists, that is, drugs that block the
actions of dopamine. Many of these treatments are
sufficiently successful to enable patients to live and
often work in society rather than face a lifetime of
hospitalization, but they may not be the optimal
treatments, are certainly not cures, and have proven
ineffective in a large number of patients. Dopamine
antagonists also produce unwanted side effects in the
form of serious Parkinsonian-like symptoms such as
muscle rigidity.
In the past decade, we have come to recognize
that many of these patients who did not benefit from
treatment with dopamine antagonists can be treated
effectively with another drug, clozapine, that is
relatively weak as a dopamine antagonist but is also
an antagonist at receptors for several other
neurotransmitters, including serotonin. Serotonin is
the neurotransmitter that is believed to mediate the
psychological effects of both hallucinogens and
entactogens. Clozapine has also proven to be
remarkable in that it achieves its therapeutic effects in
schizophrenia
patients
without
producing
Parkinsonian-like side-effects.
It does, however,
produce potentially fatal blood abnormalities in
perhaps 1% of patients and is, therefore, both risky
and costly. Given the devastating lifetime nature of
schizophrenia, these risks and costs are often deemed
acceptable by patients, families, and physicians,
largely because the clozapine treatment can be so
remarkably effective. Thus, the key message is that
these treatment-resistant patients, who have failed to
respond to any number of dopamine antagonists, can
be treated pharmacologically and can again lead
relatively productive lives. Accordingly, the search
has been intense to understand the therapeutic
mechanism(s) of action of clozapine and to identify
new drugs that would have similar therapeutic effects
without the potentially fatal side-effects. One of the
candidates for such a drug is what could aptly be
called a hallucinogen antagonist that has been
identified directly by animal studies of hallucinogen
mechanisms.
Antipsychotic Medications
Some 40 years ago, the advent of antipsychotic
medications that helped treat patients with
schizophrenia led to a revolution in our mental health
care system. Due in large part to the effectiveness of
these medications in many patients, the longstanding
practice of institutionalizing schizophrenia patients for
their lifetime in state-run mental hospitals gradually
came to an end. Indeed, few of these state mental
hospitals remain today.
Nevertheless, these
medications are not without unfortunate serious sideeffects and are not effective in treating all
schizophrenia patients. Schizophrenia has long been
thought to include a group of disorders having
different etiologies and requiring different treatments
for different patients. Virtually all of our current array
of antipsychotic drugs, however, work via a common
33
Geyer, Hallucinogenic drugs in animals
Schizophrenia
Theories regarding the abnormalities responsible
for the symptomatology of the group of disorders we
call schizophrenia have often suggested the
importance of deficits in early forms of filtering,
gating, and information processing. Such theories
posit that deficient gating of sensory and cognitive
information results in an overloading inundation of
information and consequent disorganization of
thought processes (the hallmark of schizophrenia)
(e.g. Braff and Geyer, 1990). In parallel, the actions
of hallucinogens have often been related to changes in
filtering mechanisms, e.g. the doors of perception
described by Aldous Huxley. Many investigators
have suggested that an understanding of the
mechanisms contributing to effects of these drugs
could provide insight into the abnormalities of brain
function that lead to psychotic disorders. It is not
necessary to argue that hallucinogens mimic all the
symptoms of a complex disorder such as
schizophrenia to believe that they affect some of the
same brain systems that can be disturbed in
psychiatric illnesses (Geyer and Markou, 1995).
Thus, an understanding of hallucinogen actions may
be relevant to specific aspects of schizophrenia rather
than the entire complex syndrome. In recent years,
this idea of gating or filtering deficits in schizophrenia
has been studied successfully using measures of
startle responses. A number of experiments have
used laboratory animals to explore the similarities
between the effects of so-called psychotomimetic
drugs and the abnormalities of information processing
observed in patients with schizophrenia or related
disorders. Our group has taken advantage of the
opportunity for cross-species studies of information
processing provided by startle response tests.
Specifically, two examples of fundamental filtering
mechanisms we have studied using the startle
response are habituation and prepulse inhibition
(PPI).
as the decrease in responding when the same
stimulus is presented repeatedly. For example,
habituation enables us to learn to ignore the repetitive
but unimportant ticking of a clock. The process of
habituation is essential to the selectivity of attention,
since only by learning to ignore irrelevant stimuli
(i.e. habituate) can one focus attention specifically on
significant events. Another form of information
processing is PPI, which is the normal suppression of
the startle reflex when the intense startling stimulus
is preceded by a weak prestimulus. In PPI, a weak
prepulse inhibits the behavioral response to a
powerful sensory stimulus. In all animals tested, PPI
occurs when the prepulse and startling stimuli are in
the same or different sensory modalities. It does not
appear to be a form of learning, since it occurs on the
first exposure to the prepulse and pulse stimuli, and
it does not exhibit habituation over multiple tests.
PPI is considered to be an example of a pre-attentive
and largely involuntary filtering mechanism because
of the very short time interval between the prepulse
and the startle stimulus (i.e. 30-300 msec) that is
sufficient to produce the inhibition. In contrast,
habituation operates at much longer time frames and
involves the cognitive processing of the information
content of the stimuli.
Startle Habituation in Schizophrenia
In keeping with the theory that schizophrenia is
characterized by an inability to inhibit responding to
unimportant events, the habituation of acoustic startle
(startle elicited by bursts of noise presented through
headphones) is deficient in patients with
schizophrenia (Geyer and Braff, 1982; Braff et al.,
1992). Relative to either normal controls or nonpsychotic psychiatric patients, actively ill patients
with schizophrenia were found to exhibit a slower rate
of habituation, that is, they continued to respond to
the noises longer than the controls even though the
noises had no particular meaning. It is important to
note that all three groups were similar in response to
the initial presentations of the startling noises. Thus,
the deficit in habituation was seen in the absence of
any change in startle reactivity, consistent with the
notion that the abnormality involves the processing
of information rather than basic sensory reactivity.
Others have reported similar deficits in the
habituation of cutaneous startle (elicited by tiny
electric shocks) in psychotic patients, also in the
absence of differences in startle reactivity (Bolino et
al., 1994). The observation of deficits in both
acoustic and cutaneous startle habituation indicates
some generality in the phenomenon. Deficits in
habituation in schizophrenia patients do not simply
result from medications or psychotic behavior per se,
since schizotypal patients who exhibit behavioral
abnormalities but are not receiving antipsychotic
medications and are not grossly psychotic also show
Startle Measures of Information Processing
The startle reflex is a collection of responses to
sudden intense stimuli that has provided a useful
approach to studying the neural control of simple
behaviors. One major advantage of startle response
paradigms is that similar behavioral phenomena can
be studied in a variety of species (Geyer and Markou,
1995). In humans, the blink reflex component of the
startle response is measured using EMG. In small
animals, a movement sensor is used to measure the
whole-body flinch elicited by startling stimuli. Of
importance for the present work is not the reflex
phenomenon itself, but two conceptually important
forms of information processing - habituation and PPI
- that can be demonstrated using measures of startle.
One is habituation, which is often considered to be
the simplest form of learning. Habituation is defined
34
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
habituation deficits (Cadenhead et al., 1993). If such
deficits in habituation can be generalized to other
sensory input and response output systems, perhaps
even including thoughts to which most of us readily
habituate, patients having such an abnormality would
be expected to have difficulties in organizing a
coherent view of the world - they would literally be
unable to differentiate important from unimportant
events or direct their attention selectively to specific
stimuli or thoughts.
hallucinogens as models of the parallel deficits in
gating functions observed in schizophrenic and
schizotypal patients. Furthermore, they support the
idea that the special therapeutic actions of the
antipsychotic clozapine may be related to its
serotonin-2 antagonist properties and that selective
serotonin-2
antagonists
(i.e.
hallucinogen
antagonists) might help at least some patients with
schizophrenia.
The effects of “entactogens” on habituation in
rats further implicate the serotonergic system in the
control of startle habituation. These drugs, including
3,4-methylenedioxy-N-methyl amphetamine (MDMA
or “Ecstasy”) and alpha-ethyltryptamine (AET or
“Love Pearls”), are potent releasers of serotonin from
neurons in the brain and robustly impair the
habituation of startle responses (Kehne et al., 1992;
Martinez and Geyer, 1997). The anti-habituation
effects of serotonin releasers are prevented by
pretreatment with serotonin reuptake inhibitors, such
as fluoxetine (“Prozac”), which prevent the druginduced release of serotonin from serotonergic (but
not dopaminergic) neurons (Kehne et al., 1992;
Martinez and Geyer, 1997). Thus, it appears that
these entactogens impair habituation by releasing
serotonin, which then presumably acts upon
serotonin-2 receptors.
The psychotomimetic agent phencyclidine (PCP)
also impairs the habituation of startle responding in
rats, especially at relatively low doses (Geyer et al.,
1984). Thus, impairments of startle habituation
appear to constitute a behavioral effect in rats that is
common to hallucinogenic serotonin agonists,
entactogenic serotonin releasers, or psychotomimetic
PCP-like drugs.
Startle Habituation in Animals
Studies in rats have suggested that brain
serotonergic systems, which are defined by the
neurons that use serotonin as their neurotransmitter,
control startle habituation. These effects appear to be
due to the activation specifically of one of the several
subtypes of the brain’s receptors for serotonin, the
serotonin-2 receptor. The effects of hallucinogens are
believed to be due largely to their actions as
serotonin-2 agonists, that is, they mimic the effects of
serotonin at these particular receptors. Hallucinogens
have often been suggested to enhance one’s ability to
see familiar things as novel and to increase the
perceptual impact of both external events and internal
thoughts. While such an experience may be desirable
in one who knows that the distortion of information
processing is due to the ingestion of a drug and is
time-limited, it must be quite a different experience to
recognize that this condition reflects the permanent
status of one’s brain. In animals, of course, we study
effects of these drugs in the absence of insight about
the source of the perceived abnormality - rather like
studies of LSD in which the drug was given to
subjects without their knowledge. Relatively early
studies demonstrated that the hallucinogens LSD and
mescaline impaired the habituation of tactile startle
(elicited by small puffs of air) in rats (Geyer et al.,
1978; Geyer and Tapson 1988). Similarly, Davis et
al. (1986) demonstrated robust increases in acoustic
startle in rats treated with mescaline that were not
associated with any change in the initial level of
startle reactivity and appeared to be attributable to a
specific effect on the habituation of startle.
In
contrast, amphetamine increased startle on all trials,
reflecting a more generalized increase in startle
reactivity (Davis et al., 1986). This study was
among the first to implicate serotonin-2 receptors in
startle habituation, as the effect of mescaline, but not
that of amphetamine, was abolished by pretreatment
with
the serotonin-2 antagonist
ritanserin.
Subsequent studies with a variety of serotonin-2
antagonists demonstrated that the antagonists by
themselves could accelerate tactile startle habituation
(Geyer and Tapson, 1988). Thus, the opposite effects
of hallucinogenic serotonin-2 agonists and serotonin2 antagonists in the modulation of startle habituation
provide strong support for the use of these
Prepulse Inhibition in Schizophrenia
Prepulse inhibition of acoustic startle is deficient
in schizophrenia patients (Braff et al., 1978).
Theoretically, such a deficit in a fundamental form of
pre-attentive filtering may distort information and
produce a form of sensory overload which may lead to
the disorganized thought processes that are the
hallmark symptoms of schizophrenia. This deficit in
PPI has been confirmed in studies of medicated, but
still-ill patients with schizophrenia in various
countries and by investigators using different methods
(Bolino et al., 1994; Braff et al., 1992; Grillon et al.,
1992).
As with habituation, non-medicated
schizotypal patients also show PPI deficits
(Cadenhead et al., 1993). Furthermore, there is some
evidence that PPI deficits in schizophrenia may be
reversed by successful treatment with antipsychotic
drugs (Hamm et al., 1995; Weike et al., 1996).
Only recently have studies attempted to relate these
observed deficits in sensorimotor gating functions to
measures of thought disorder. Perry and Braff (1994)
have reported a significant correlation within a group
35
Geyer, Hallucinogenic drugs in animals
of schizophrenia patients between deficits in PPI and
thought disorder as assessed by psychological tests.
Further studies in this vein will be important in
relating the abnormalities in basic forms of
information processing, such as PPI or habituation,
to more complex symptoms, treatment outcomes, or
quality of life.
by releasing serotonin which, in turn, acts upon
serotonin-2 receptors.
In rats, PPI is reduced dose-dependently by the
administration of the psychotomimetic PCP or
related drugs such as ketamine (Mansbach and Geyer
1989, 1991). Importantly, the effects of PCP are not
reversed by typical antipsychotics such as
haloperidol, but are reversed by
atypical
antipsychotics including clozapine (Bakshi et al.,
1994; Geyer et al., 1990). Thus, the PCP-disruption
of PPI may be a useful model for identifying novel
atypical antipsychotic treatments. In humans, this
class of drugs produces symptoms that mimic some
features of schizophrenia (Javitt and Zukin, 1991).
Specifically, PCP-induced clinical effects have been
linked to the characteristics and pathophysiology of
the “deficit” symptoms of schizophrenia that are the
most difficult to treat with the typical antipsychotics
that work via dopamine antagonism. Furthermore,
ketamine has been shown to produce a schizophrenialike deficit in PPI in normal control subjects (Karper
et al., 1994), induce psychotic symptoms in normal
volunteers (Malhotra et al., 1996), and exacerbate
psychotic symptoms in schizophrenia patients (Lahti
et al., 1995), providing some validation of the
similar animal studies.
Prepulse Inhibition in Animals
In rats, hallucinogenic serotonin agonists have
been found to disrupt PPI, mimicking the deficit in
PPI observed in schizophrenia patients. LSD, which
mimics the effects of serotonin (i.e. has agonist
effects) at multiple serotonin receptors, dosedependently reduces PPI (Geyer, in press).
Similarly, PPI is reduced by hallucinogens that have
more selective agonist effects at serotonin-2 receptors,
such as 2,5-dimethoxy-4-iodoamphetamine (DOI).
Importantly,
the
PPI-disruptive
effects
of
hallucinogenic serotonin-2 receptor agonists are
blocked by pretreatment with serotonin-2 antagonists
including MDL 100907 (Padich et al., 1996; Sipes
and Geyer, 1994, 1995), but not by the dopamine
antagonist and traditional antipsychotic haloperidol
(Padich et al., 1996). Such findings have contributed
to the current investigation of MDL 100907 as a
possible non-dopaminergic antipsychotic in patients
with schizophrenia. Because MDL 100907 is devoid
of dopamine antagonist properties, it will not produce
the Parkinsonian-like side-effects that plague the
current class of antipsychotics. This drug is currently
(1997) being tested in clinical trials; early reports
from these trials have been promising. If it does
prove to be antipsychotic, it will represent one of the
very few novel treatments used to treat schizophrenia
that is not based on any dopamine antagonist effects.
Thus, it may be particularly effective in the subgroup
of schizophrenia patients for whom dopamine
antagonists are ineffective. Clearly, if this promise is
realized, it will be a direct benefit of animal studies
on the mechanisms responsible for the effects of
hallucinogens.
PPI in rats is also reduced by systemic treatment
with serotonin releasers, or “entactogens”, including
MDMA, N-ethyl-3,4-methylenedioxy-amphetamine
(MDEA or “Eve”), fenfluramine, and AET (Kehne et
al., 1992, 1996; Mansbach et al., 1989; Martinez and
Geyer, 1997). The PPI-disruptive effects of serotonin
releasers are prevented by pretreatment with the
serotonin reuptake inhibitor fluoxetine, which
prevents the drug-induced release of serotonin from
serotonin neurons while having little effect by itself.
As with the classical hallucinogens, the serotonin-2
antagonist MDL 100907 and possible new
antipsychotic is also effective in blocking the effects of
serotonin releasers on PPI (Padich et al., 1996).
Thus, it appears that these entactogens disrupt PPI
Conclusions
The study of gating or filtering deficits in
schizophrenia and parallel animal models based on
startle measures of information processing has
demonstrated considerable utility in the exploration
of the phenomenology and neurobiology of
schizophrenia in general and the drug-induced models
of psychosis in particular. In rats, hallucinogens,
entactogens, and PCP-like drugs mimic both the
impairments of habituation and disruptions in PPI
observed in patients with schizophrenia. Either of
these abnormalities could be responsible for the
thought disorder that is central to the symptoms of
schizophrenia. The effects of hallucinogens and
entactogens on both habituation and PPI have been
related to their particular mechanisms of action within
serotonergic systems. These observations in rats
have led directly to the development of serotonin-2
antagonists for the treatment of schizophrenia. The
effects of PCP and related psychotomimetics in rats
appear to be sensitive specifically to atypical
antipsychotics and may aid in the identification of
novel antipsychotic therapeutics. By virtue of the
extensive knowledge regarding the neurobiological
substrates involved in the modulation of such gating
functions as habituation and PPI in laboratory
animals, the further application of these measures may
enable the elucidation of both the mechanisms of
action of psychotomimetics in humans and their
possible relevance to the abnormalities that lead to
schizophrenia and related psychotic disorders.
36
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
Shortly after the discovery of the neurotransmitter
serotonin, it was suggested that LSD might owe its
profound effects to actions on serotonin systems in
the brain, due to structural similarities between LSD
and serotonin. It was also suggested that we might
learn something about the causes and/or treatment of
psychotic disorders by discovering the mechanisms of
action of LSD and related hallucinogens. While
European psychiatrists have continued to explore this
possibility (Hermle et al., 1993), most American
psychiatrists dismissed the idea some 30 years ago
because of largely specious arguments (Geyer and
Markou, 1995). In retrospect, one can argue that the
current excitement
regarding the
potential
effectiveness of a serotonin-2 antagonist such as MDL
100907 in the treatment of schizophrenia could and
would have been explored long ago if animal studies
of hallucinogens had been supported more widely.
Instead, progress has been slow, being based on the
work of relatively few laboratories. For many years,
it was thought that LSD functioned as a serotonin
antagonist and that serotonin acted as a tranquilizing
neurotransmitter in opposition to the activations
associated with the neurotransmitter dopamine.
Subsequent studies in animals revealed that LSD and
related compounds actually act as serotonin agonists,
that is, they mimic some actions of serotonin (at the
serotonin-2 subtype of serotonin receptors).
Although entrenched ideas fade slowly, informed
neuroscientists are now recognizing that serotonin
and dopamine are not
simply reciprocal
neurotransmitter systems and often work in concert.
Hence, it is now acknowledged that both serotonin
antagonism and dopamine antagonism may
contribute importantly to the treatment of psychosis.
This new insight, with its practical consequence
being the current testing of a hallucinogen antagonist
in schizophrenia patients, has evolved directly from
multidisciplinary studies of laboratory animals.
These animal studies may not have been motivated
explicitly by the possible discovery of new treatments
for any disease; most were designed simply to further
our basic knowledge of serotonin systems and the
mechanisms of action of hallucinogenic drugs.
Without such basic knowledge, however, one can be
confident that biomedical science will not advance
and new treatments for psychiatric disorders will not
be developed. Thus, despite the fact that such
research is subject to ridicule by those who would
stop animal research, I contend that animal studies of
hallucinogen mechanisms have the potential to
alleviate human sufferring.
Bolino F, Di Michele V, Di Cicco L, Manna V,
Daneluzzo E, Cassachia M. Sensorimotor gating
and habituation evoked by electrocutaneous
stimulation in schizophrenia. Biol Psychiat 36:
670-679, 1994.
Braff DL, Geyer MA. Sensorimotor gating and
schizophrenia: Human and animal model studies.
Arch Gen Psychiatry 47:181-188, 1990.
Braff DL, Grillon C, Geyer M. Gating and
habituation of the startle reflex in schizophrenic
patients. Arch Gen Psychiat 49: 206-215, 1992.
Braff D, Stone C, Callaway E, Geyer M, Glick I,
Bali L. Prestimulus effects on human startle
reflex in
normals
and
schizophrenics.
Psychophysiology 15: 339-343, 1978.
Cadenhead KS, Geyer MA, Braff DL. Impaired startle
prepulse inhibition and habituation
in
schizotypal patients. Am J Psychiat 150: 18621867, 1993.
Davis M, Cassella JV, Wrean WH, Kehne JH.
Serotonin receptor subtype agonists: Differential
effects on sensorimotor reactivity measured with
acoustic startle. Psychopharmacol Bull 22:837843, 1986.
Geyer MA, Peterson L, Rose G, Horwitt D, Light R,
Adams L, Zook J, Hawkins R, Mandell AJ.
Effects of LSD and mescaline derived
hallucinogens on sensory integrative function:
Tactile startle. J Pharmacol Exp Ther 207:837847, 1978.
Geyer MA, Braff DL. Habituation of the blink reflex
in normals and schizophrenic patients.
Psychophysiol 19:1-6, 1982.
Geyer MA, Segal DS, Greenberg BD. Increased
startle responding in rats treated with
phencyclidine.
Neurobehav Toxicol Teratol
6:161-164, 1984.
Geyer MA, Tapson GS. Habituation of tactile startle
is altered by drugs acting on serotonin-2
receptors. Neuropsychopharmacol 1:135-147,
1988.
Geyer MA, Swerdlow NR, Mansbach RS, Braff DL.
Startle response models of sensorimotor gating
and habituation deficits in schizophrenia. Brain
Res Bull 25: 485-498, 1990.
Geyer MA, Markou A. Animal models of psychiatric
disorders. In:
Psychopharmacology: The
Fourth Generation of Progress (FE Bloom and
DJ Kupfer, eds), Raven Press, Ltd, New York,
pp. 787-798, 1995.
Geyer MA. Behavioral studies of hallucinogenic
drugs in animals: Implications for schizophrenia
research. Pharmacopsychiatry, in press.
Grillon C, Ameli R, Charney DS, Krystal J, Braff
DL. Startle gating deficits occur across prepulse
intensities in schizophrenic patients. Biol
Psychiat 32: 939-943, 1992.
References
Bakshi VP, Swerdlow NR, Geyer MA. Clozapine
antagonizes phencyclidine-induced deficits in
sensorimotor gating of the startle response. J
Pharmacol Exp Ther 271: 787-794, 1994.
37
Geyer, Hallucinogenic drugs in animals
Hamm A, Weike A, Bauer U, Vaitl D, Gallhofer B.
Prepulse inhibition
in
medicated and
unmedicated schizophrenics. Psychophysiology,
33 (Suppl 1): S65, 1995.
Hermle L, Funfgeld M, Oepen G, Botsch H,
Borchard D, Gouzoulis E, Fehrenbach RA,
Spitzer
M.
Mescaline-induced
psychopathological, neuropsychological, and neurometabolic
effects in
normal
subjects:
Experimental psychosis as a tool for psychiatric
research. Biol Psychiat 32:976-991.
Javitt DC, Zukin SR. Recent advances in the
phencyclidine model of schizophrenia. Am J
Psychiat 148: 1301-1308, 1991.
Karper LP, Grillon C, Charney DS, Krystal JH. The
effect of ketamine on pre-pulse inhibition and
attention. Abstr ACNP, 124, 1994.
Kehne JH, McCloskey TC, Taylor VL, Black CK,
Fadayel GM, Schmidt CT. Effects of serotonin
releasers 3,4 Methylenedioxymethamphetamine
(MDMA), 4-chloroamphetamine (PCA) and
fenfluramine on acoustic and tactile startle
reflexes in rat. J Pharmacol Exp Ther 260: 7889, 1992.
Kehne JH, Padich RA, McCloskey TC, Taylor VL,
Schmidt CJ. 5-HT modulation of auditory and
visual sensorimotor gating: I. Effects of 5-HT
releasers on sound and light prepulse inhibition
in Wistar rats. Psychopharmacology 124: 95106, 1996.
Lahti AC, Koffel B, LaPorte D, Tamminga CA.
Subanesthetic doses of ketamine stimulate
psychosis
in
schizophrenia.
Neuropsychopharmacol 13: 9-19, 1995.
Malhotra AK, Pinals DA, Weingartner H, Sirocco K,
Missar CD, Pickar D, Breier A. NMDA receptor
function and human cognition: the effects of
ketamine
in
healthy
volunteers.
Neuropsychopharmacol 14: 301-307, 1996.
Mansbach RS, Braff DL, Geyer MA: Prepulse
inhibition of the acoustic startle response is
disrupted
by
N-ethyl-3,4-methylenedioxyamphetamine (MDEA) in the rat. Eur J
Pharmacol 167: 49-55, 1989.
Mansbach RS, Geyer MA. Effects of phencyclidine
and phencyclidine biologs on sensorimotor
gating in the rat. Neuropsychopharm, 2: 299308, 1989.
Mansbach RS, Geyer MA. Parametric determinants
in pre-stimulus modification of acoustic startle:
interaction with ketamine. Psychopharm 105:
162-168, 1991.
Martinez DL, Geyer MA. Characterization of the
disruptions of prepulse inhibition and
habituation of startle induced by alphaethyltryptamine. Neuropsychopharm 16:246-255,
1997.
Padich RA, McCloskey TC, Kehne JH. 5-HT
modulation of auditory and visual sensorimotor
gating: II. Effects of the serotonin-2A antagonist
MDL 100,907 on disruption of sound and light
prepulse inhibition produced by 5-HT agonists
in Wistar rats. Psychopharmacology 124: 107116, 1996.
Perry W, Braff DL. Information-processing deficits
and thought disorder in schizophrenia. Amer J
Psychiat 151: 363-367, 1994.
Sipes TA, Geyer MA. Multiple serotonin receptor
subtypes modulate prepulse inhibition of the
startle response in rats. Neuropsychopharm 33:
441-448, 1994.
Sipes TE, Geyer MA. DOI disruption of prepulse
inhibition of startle in the rat is mediated by
serotonin-2A and not by serotonin-2C receptors.
Behav Pharmacol 6:839-842, 1995.
Weike A, Globisch J, Hamm A, Bauer U. Prepulse
inhibition and habituation of skin conductance
responses in schizophrenics: Neuroleptic drug
effects. Psychophysiol 33 (Suppl 1): S88, 1996.
38
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
5. The Medicinal Chemistry of Phenethylamine Psychedelics
David E. Nichols, Ph.D.
I am sometimes asked, “how would you describe
your research?” After many years my standard
response has evolved to, “I design molecular probes
of brain function.” While the readers of this essay
may know that I have worked with psychedelics for
nearly thirty years, my laboratory also is studying the
development of potential new treatments for
depression, as well as carrying out significant efforts
to create new therapies for end-stage Parkinson’s
disease. In each case, we are using relatively small
chemical molecules to interact with various brain
targets to gain information that may enhance our
understanding of the underlying importance of those
targets to normal brain function. In the latter two
examples, it is clear what the end point should be.
We should find better and faster ways to treat
depression, and we should find new drugs to restore
function to Parkinson patients who presently have no
further hope. While the molecules we design often
start out as experimental probes, if we have
understood well the nature of our target, these
structures may eventually become therapeutic
entities.
What about probes of the brain receptors for
hallucinogens? What is the end point there, and
how is it relevant? There is one line of reasoning
that says these peculiar substances can only be
assayed in man, and that any other approach is
inherently invalid. While off the record one may
occasionally be forced to admit to the essential core
truth of this premise, it does not necessarily follow
that any other type of research is completely and
utterly useless.
Readers will find further
confirmation of this fact in the chapter in this
volume by Dr. Mark Geyer. I have occasionally been
challenged that the structure-activity studies I carry
out have no relevance to the real world; that studies
in rats have no meaning. I do not believe this to be
the case, and I shall explain why. We can very well
use receptor assays, and models employing trained
laboratory animals (mostly rats) to tell us whether a
new molecule may have the essential molecular
features that would ultimately allow it to be
classified as a psychedelic, were it to be tested in
man. What we cannot do with animals, or with any
other nonhuman models, is to predict whether a
particular molecule will open the gates of heaven or
stoke up the fires of hell. We must maintain a clear
distinction between these two positions. On the one
hand, we can design and study molecules in model
systems that allow us to predict that the structure
will have psychedelic activity, but on the other we
absolutely
cannot
know
the
full
psychopharmacological complexity of their effects in
the absence of clinical studies.
Discussions of psychedelics as chemical
molecules, interacting with brain receptors, also
tends to “demystify” psychedelics for those who view
them as sacraments. It is not my mission to gore
anyone’s sacred cow. In the realm of psychedelics,
hard core science will say that these substances
simply activate certain parts of the brain that
produce effects that might be predictable, if only we
had a complete understanding of the brain and its
neurobiology. At the other end of the spectrum are
sincere people who believe that psychedelics are
sacred substances, that can produce genuine nirvana,
union with the cosmos, and the like--ecstatic states
that they believe have very little to do with brain
anatomy or chemistry. These are the folks who talk
about a new paradigm of mind, quantum
consciousness, and the like. I do not plan to enter
this debate, but rather only to present a
fundamentally reductionistic view of how these
substances are now believed to interact with the
physical brain. My objective in this essay is to
provide some basic information about the medicinal
chemistry of psychedelic agents.
At its heart, medicinal chemistry (what I do)
attempts to draw clear and meaningful relationships
between the molecular features of a chemical
structure and the biological events subsequent to its
administration to a living organism. Inherent in this
approach is the assumption that a relationship exists
between chemical structure and biological effect. In
the context of psychedelic agents a relationship
certainly exists. It is in clearly and explicitly
defining this relationship that problems may arise.
Perhaps it would be helpful here to employ a
crude analogy.
One can clearly see that a
relationship exists between gasoline and automobile
travel. What one cannot predict is whether a
particular tank of gasoline is destined to propel a car
toward Canada, Mexico, the Northeast, etc. The
outcome is dependent on the whims of the owner of
the vehicle. Similarly, one can predict that
40
Nichols, Medicinal chemistry of phenethylamines
psychoactive substances such as LSD will move the
psyche from what has been called consensus reality,
to some altered state of consciousness. What cannot
be predicted is the nature of that change or the
“direction” the altered state will take. It is an
erroneous assumption to believe that medicinal
chemistry can design in elements of molecular
structure that will lead the psyche in a particular
direction. The state of the art in medicinal chemistry
is not so advanced! This would be akin to assuming
that a particular blend of gasoline could somehow
determine the direction that the car will be driven.
What I am leading up to is the fact that there are
key recognition elements within the structures of all
psychedelic molecules that lead to their activity;
phenethylamines have them, tryptamines have them,
and LSD and other related ergolines have them.
Essential chemical features of these molecular
recognition elements activate a key brain target.
This activation then “enables” the brain to shift its
processing from ordinary waking consciousness and
enter into whatever state is produced by all
psychedelic drugs. Most scientists now believe the
target, or “switch” for psychedelic molecules is a site
known as the serotonin 5-HT2A receptor (Nichols
1997). Just as turning on the power switch of a
television enables the TV to display images, but is
not responsible for what is seen, psychedelic
molecules, by activating this brain receptor, “turn
on” some other set of amplifiers and processors that
allow nonordinary feelings and states of
consciousness to occur.
While this may sound reductionistic to many
readers, it may also be useful to envisage an analogy
between this receptor and an automobile’s ignition
system, that must be switched on with a key before
the car may go in any direction. It is up to the
motivations of the driver, the power of the engine,
the condition of the roads, etc. (i.e. the “set” and the
“setting”) to determine where and when the journey
will actually begin and end.
It is believed that during ordinary circumstances
the brain 5-HT2A receptor is not highly activated.
That is, the daily ebb and flow of serotonin
molecules does not produce an LSD-like state in us
because not many serotonin molecules are released
by neurons onto these receptors. When a psychedelic
molecule enters the brain however, it binds very
tightly to these receptors, producing an extensive and
prolonged activation state. In fact, the brain is so
sensitive to activation of these receptors that when
they are overstimulated, as for example when one
ingests a psychedelic such as LSD, they quickly
decline in density so as to reduce the numbers of
targets for any additional neurotransmitter that
might be released (or any additional LSD molecules
that may happen to arrive). This is the reason that
LSD loses its effects when taken too often. The
number of receptors for it just rapidly decreases!
What my research has done is to focus on key
sites in the brain, and attempt to identify the
recognition elements that are necessary to bind to
and activate them. This was a goal when I started
research in this field in 1969, and it remains
unattained in 1997. But, I think we are getting
closer to understanding. To begin with, until a few
years ago no one really had a good idea of what a
receptor might look like. Today, we know that the
vast majority of neurotransmitter receptors are
bundles of protein helices embedded in and spanning
the neuronal cell membrane.
The receptor,
therefore, can act as a “conduit” to allow information
to pass through the neuronal membrane.
One of the stable forms that proteins can adopt
is called an alpha helix. This is somewhat the shape
of a Slinky toy, or the shape of the threads around a
bolt. It is now widely believed that most of the
serotonin receptors exist as a bundle of seven such
alpha helices inserted into the neuron membrane.
These seven helices are connected both on the
outside and on the inside of the neuron membrane
with continuing loops of proteins, so that the whole
receptor, if it could be unwound and stretched out,
would simply be one very long chain of amino acids,
the basic building blocks of all proteins.
A
schematic view of this type of receptor is presented
in figure 1.
Outside of Cell
NH 2
Inside of Cell
COOH
Figure 1.
A schematic representation of a
membrane-bound G-protein coupled receptor, of
which the serotonin 5-HT2A receptor is an example.
The receptor consists of 7 alpha helices, represented
here by tubes, connected on the inside and outside
with continuing loops of protein.
41
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
The process of neurotransmission involves the
release of neurotransmitter molecules from the
terminal of a neuron. These diffuse through the
solution in the space between the two neurons (called
the synapse), and are attracted to the receptor,
probably due to electrostatic fields generated by the
charges on the amino acids in the receptor and
charges on the neurotransmitter.
The neurotransmitter molecule fits into the ligand recognition
domain of the receptor, where a series of events is
then initiated. It is believed that when the neurotransmitter “docks” into the receptor, the seven
alpha helices rearrange the way they are oriented
with respect to each other. That is, they twist, turn,
and bend, undergoing what is called a
“conformational change,” in order to achieve a new
packing arrangement that is compatible with the
presence of the neurotransmitter in their midst. This
is a reasonable hypothesis, and could be explained in
a very technical way if time and space permitted.
What is not adequately represented in figure 1 is
the relatively large piece of receptor protein that is
used to connect the seven alpha helices on the inside
of the receptor. These protein chains, particularly a
large loop that connects helices 5 and 6, as well as
the end of the protein chain that follows helix 7 on
the inside of the receptor, adopt a shape that allows
them to bind to another type of protein, called a
GTP-binding protein (G protein for short). When
the neurotransmitter molecule binds to its
recognition domain in part of the receptor on the
outside of the membrane, it causes changes in the
shape of the receptor, and the movement of the
receptor helices then apparently causes large shape
changes in the loops and chains on the part of the
receptor that is inside of the neuron. When this
occurs, the G proteins dissociate from the receptor
because the fit between them is no longer
complementary, they bind to molecules of GTP in
the cytoplasm, and then initiate a series of
biochemical changes in the neuron that constitutes
the actual “message” of the neurotransmitter;
calcium levels in the neuron change, certain proteins
are activated that attach phosphate groups to other
proteins, etc. The whole process is a complex
sequence of events known as a signaling cascade.
All these biochemical changes produced in the
interior alter the state of the neuron, making it more
or less easy to send a signal itself. Ultimately, at
least for psychedelics, these changes in brain
biochemistry somehow lead to an alteration in
consciousness. How this occurs will remain a
mystery for many years to come, if we can ever
discover it!
The assumption in my laboratory has been that
all the various types of psychedelic agents, at a
minimum, interact with brain serotonin 5-HT2A
receptors in this way, and what we have tried to do is
to understand how the chemical features of these
molecules lead to their binding to this receptor. We
shall now move on to a more chemical discussion of
what properties are possessed by the molecules
themselves, that may allow them to activate
receptors.
Following more than two decades of work, in
several laboratories, there are now some ideas about
what is required for activity, at least in some classes
of molecules.
For example, as a crude
representation, figure 2 shows some of the structural
features that may be important within the
phenethylamine type hallucinogens for receptor
recognition and activation (Monte et al. 1996). First
of all, the cyclic hexagonal ring in the center of the
figure is called a phenyl ring. The letter N in the
NH3 to the right of that represents the nitrogen atom.
The lines connecting the two represent two carbon
atoms attached together, called an ethyl group.
Hence, these molecules, in general, are called
phenethylamines or sometimes phenylethylamines: a
phenyl ring separated by an ethyl grouping from an
amine.
H-bond donor
Anionic
Residue
(asp on TM3)
H
O
NH3 +
Region of
Hydrophobic
Interaction
- OOC
H
X
O
Region of Steric
Occlusion
H
H-bond donor
Figure 2. A schematic representation of a
phenethylamine hallucinogen similar to DOB
interacting with the ligand binding domain of the
serotonin 5-HT2A receptor. Important sites for
chemical interaction include the amino group, the
two oxygen atoms, the hydrophobic “X” group, and
the central phenyl ring itself. Taken from Monte et
al. 1996
The nitrogen atom has the property of being
basic, in the context of acid-base chemical reactions.
Ammonia is a common household base. Bases are
neutralized by chemical reaction with acids.
42
Nichols, Medicinal chemistry of phenethylamines
Common household acids are vinegar and soft
drinks. Since acids neutralize bases, in the body the
basic amino group of the phenethylamines is also
“neutralized” by reacting with weak acids. This
means that the basic amino group, which is normally
represented by an NH2, has added an extra hydrogen
atom, or proton (i.e. the acid), and now is an NH3+,
the plus sign denoting that the hydrogen atom
brought a positive charge with it to the molecule.
This positive charge is believed to lead to an
attraction for an amino acid in the serotonin receptor
called an aspartic acid residue. This key aspartic
acid residue is located on one of the membranespanning alpha helices designated as transmembrane
helix 3. This amino acid is a weak acid, similar in
acidity to vinegar, but it too has lost it’s hydrogen
atom by neutralization in the body.
The
characteristic feature of weak organic acids is the
presence of a COOH grouping of atoms. Since
molecules prefer to be neutral, and not carry a
charge on them, the departure of it’s hydrogen atom
with a positive charge left behind a corresponding
negative charge. Thus, the aspartic acid is shown
not as a -COOH, but rather as a -COO-, indicating
that the hydrogen atom is gone, and that a negative
charge was left behind. It is the attraction between
the amino group, with the positive charge, and the
aspartic acid residue, with the negative charge, that
is believed to be one of the most powerful forces in
causing a neurotransmitter to bind to its receptor.
This attraction is denoted by the series of short
vertical lines between the NH3+ and the -OOC- in the
figure. As a crude analogy, one can appreciate the
force that occurs between the two poles of a magnet.
On the left side of the phenethylamine molecule,
a large “X” is pictured above an elliptical area
labeled as a “Region of Hydrophobic Interaction.”
Hydro is a prefix denoting water, and phobic comes
from the same root as phobia, or fear of something.
Thus, hydrophobic is a term meaning that something
is “water-hating.”
Not surprisingly, therefore,
hydrophobic molecules typically have an oily or
greasy texture. This is an important place in the
receptor that seems to prefer to bind to atoms or
groups that have an oily, non-water soluble nature.
Extremely potent phenethylamine hallucinogens
have atoms attached at this position such as bromine,
iodine, or sulfur. Indeed, if the rest of the structure
is completely identical, the changing of what is
attached only at this location of the phenyl ring can
give compounds that begin to approach the potency
of LSD on a dosage basis!
Another important feature of these compounds
is the two oxygen atoms. These are shown near the
top and bottom of the structure, as the letter O, with
the dashed lines toward the Hs. These oxygen atoms
are essential to binding and activation of the
receptor. Alexander Shulgin carried out a number of
studies where he replaced these oxygen atoms with
other atoms such as sulfur, and in each case the
activity was greatly reduced or lost completely. In
the simplest compounds, these oxygen atoms are not
part of a ring system, as shown here, but rather are
freely swinging. They are hooked to the phenyl ring,
and then another carbon atom called a methyl group
is attached. This grouping looks like this: -OCH3.
Because of the numbering system for the locations
around the phenyl ring, these methoxy groups are
attached at positions numbered 2 and 5. The “X”
group is attached at the position numbered 4. Thus,
these compounds are often called 2,5-dimethoxy-4substituted phenethylamines.
In figure 2, however, both oxygen atoms are
shown incorporated into pentagonal rings (known as
dihydrofurans), that have common edges with the
central phenyl ring (i.e. they are “fused” to the
phenyl ring). This has the effect of “locking” the
oxygen atoms so they cannot undergo rotational
movement. Experiments in my laboratory have
shown that this gives the most active orientation of
the oxygen atoms in producing hallucinogenic
effects. We believe that the oxygen atoms interact
with the receptor through hydrogen bonds,
represented as the dashed lines connecting the
oxygen atom to a hydrogen atom (denoted by the
letter H) arising from a hydrogen bond donating site
in the receptor. Because oxygen atoms have extra
electrons in their outer shell, and certain types of
hydrogen atoms attached to oxygen or nitrogen
atoms have a slight “deficiency” of electrons, there is
a fairly strong attraction between them that is called
a hydrogen bond.
Finally, there is also a small area shown in
figure 2 labeled “Region of Steric Occlusion.” In the
phenethylamines, there is only a hydrogen atom (H)
at the end of the dashed line in this region. These
are representatives of compounds that Shulgin has
named 2C compounds (e.g. 2C-B, 2C-T, etc.). The
2C represents the fact that there are only two carbons
between the phenyl ring and the amine. However, if
a third carbon atom is attached, that is, a -CH3 group
is attached at the end of the dashed line that is lying
over the region of steric occlusion, these compounds
are typically called amphetamines. This carbon in
the ethyl group is called the alpha position because it
is the first carbon atom attached to the amine
nitrogen. (The second carbon atom from the amine,
next to the phenyl ring, is called the beta position.)
43
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
Nothing larger than a single carbon atom with its
attached hydrogens, called a methyl group, can be
attached here. In organic chemistry, the word steric
is used to refer to the size or bulk of a portion of the
molecule. We have therefore designated this portion
of the receptor as an area that cannot tolerate steric
bulk. In other words, it is a region of steric
occlusion.
So, the molecule binds through a combination of
forces, to the amino group, the two oxygen atoms,
and the hydrophobic “X” group, and in addition, the
receptor has many hydrophobic amino acid groups
within the ligand binding domain that simply
embrace the phenyl ring and the ethyl group which
themselves are hydrophobic. The molecule just
becomes as snug as a bug in a rug! In the process of
being attracted to, and wrapping around the
psychedelic molecule, the receptor changes and
moves itself, and sets off the sequence of biochemical
events described earlier.
The same thing cannot be said for molecules
related to mescaline, however. We recently (Monte
et al. 1997) showed that carrying out the same types
of chemical modifications that led to high activity in
the DOB type compounds, gave molecules that
appear inactive in our animal models when applied
to mescaline. Illustrated in figure 3 below are the
relevant examples. Locking the methoxy groups of
DOB into rings (as also shown earlier in the
“receptor” model) gives an increase in potency. On
the other hand, locking the distal methoxy groups of
mescaline into rings in the same way led to inactive
compounds!
O
Figure 3. Rigidification of the methoxy groups in
DOB leads to compounds with increased activity
while a similar transformation in mescaline leads to
inactive compounds.
While it has generally been assumed that
mescaline activates the same receptors as all of the
other types of psychedelics, there are clearly some
important differences when one actually looks at the
molecular architecture of mescaline compared with
DOB-like molecules. This is an issue that continues
to perplex us, and will be the focus of additional
studies as we attempt to identify the active shape of
mescaline-like molecules when they bind to the
receptor.
These might appear, at first glance, to be easy
questions to solve, but in fact the design of molecular
probes to study this question is quite problematic.
When a change is made in the structure of a
molecule, many variables are changed simultaneously and one often cannot know which one was
responsible for the observed effect. For example, in
figure 3, incorporation of the methoxy groups into
the pentagonal furan rings does not simply “lock”
the orientation of the oxygen atom.
It also
introduces new pieces of molecular ‘baggage.’ That
is, a methoxy group is -OCH3, while the
corresponding part of the furan ring structure is
-OCH2CH2-.
Furthermore, in mescaline, the
positions in the phenyl ring (the hexagonal central
ring) that are adjacent to the ethylamine chain are
occupied only by hydrogen atoms, while in the rigid
analogue on the right, they serve as the anchor
points for the cyclic ring structures. In the usual
circumstance, one cannot know what effect these
additional modifications have on overall activity.
Our analogy to the DOB molecule however, suggests
that incorporation of the oxygen atoms into these
ring structures should not affect activity, if the
oxygen atom in the methoxy group possesses the
same orientation as in the ring structure upon
binding to the receptor. Our extension of this
approach to mescaline, leading to inactive
compounds, suggests therefore that the oxygen atoms
of mescaline do not adopt the orientation of the rigid
analog shown on the right, and that perhaps the
methoxy groups of mescaline may rotate into some
different, and as yet undefined orientation. What is
this orientation? That is a question we will attempt
to address in future studies.
O
NH2
Br
NH2
Br
O
O
More Active
DOB
O
NH2
O
NH2
O
O
O
Mescaline
O
Inactive
44
Nichols, Medicinal chemistry of phenethylamines
What’s next?
The missing piece(s) of the puzzle are now the
links between these biochemical events, and the
parts of the brain that must be involved in changing
consciousness. It will probably be a long time before
this connection can be made. In the meantime,
however, there are a number of scientifically valid
approaches that will give useful information.
Recently, for example, we have “stumbled” upon a
simple phenethylamine molecule that has affinity for
the 5-HT2A receptor nearly 100-fold higher than any
other compound discovered to date, including LSD
itself! There is no particular reason to search for
more potent compounds, but often such molecules
prove to be quite useful as research tools. For
example, when a molecule has very high affinity for
a receptor, it is often possible to introduce
radioactive atoms into the molecule that allow one to
visualize sites where the molecule binds in the brain.
This has already been done with molecules such as
DOB, DOI, and LSD. However, a molecule with
even higher affinity can be used at lower
concentrations and dosages to detect and visualize
receptors. This new molecule, with exceedingly
high affinity for the 5-HT2 class of receptors will no
doubt be useful to label and visualize these receptors
in the brain. Indeed, we have already begun
discussions with a firm that supplies radioactive
molecules to prepare radioactive forms of this
molecule for evaluation.
Literature reports now also suggest that a
tentative 3-dimensional structure for the family of Gprotein coupled receptors may not be far off. This is
the receptor family to which nearly all of the
serotonin receptors belong. Perhaps within the next
year or two a good structure may become available.
With that event, we would begin computer modeling
studies to dock our molecules into this receptor
structure in attempts to gain an appreciation of
which structural features of the molecule are
necessary for binding and activation of the receptor.
If this can be accomplished, we should also be able
to design new molecules to test hypotheses about
which molecular features are necessary for receptor
binding. That would be a very exciting development
because it would be the first time that it might
become possible to design a molecule, de novo, to fit
a particular receptor. Clearly, if we can retain our
research funding, the most exciting developments in
the medicinal chemistry of psychedelic agents are yet
to come.
References
Nichols, D.E., Snyder, S.E., Oberlender, R. Johnson,
M. and Huang, X. (1991) 2,3- Dihydrobenzofuran Analogues of Hallucinogenic Phenethylamines, J. Med. Chem., 34, 276-281.
Monte, A.P. Marona-Lewicka, D. Cozzi, N.V.
Nelson, D.L. and Nichols, D.E.
(1995)
Conformationally restricted tetrahydro-1-benzoxepin analogs of hallucinogenic phenethylamines, Medicinal Chemistry Research., 5, 651663.
Monte, A.P. Marona-Lewicka, D. Parker, M.
Wainscott, B. Nelson, D.L. and Nichols, D.E.
(1996) Dihydrobenzofuran analogues of hallucinogens. 3. Models of 4-Substituted (2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)alkylamine derivatives with
rigidified methoxy groups, J. Med. Chem., 39,
2953-2961.
Monte, A.P. Waldman, S.R. Marona-Lewicka, D.
Wainscott, D.B. Nelson, D.L. Sanders-Bush, E.
and Nichols, D.E. (1997) Dihydrobenzofuran
analogues of hallucinogens. 4.
Mescaline
Derivatives,” J. Med. Chem., 40, 2997-3008.
Nichols, D.E. (1997) Role of Serotonergic Neurons
and 5-HT Receptors in the Action of
Hallucinogens,” in Handbook of Experimental
Pharmacology. Serotoninergic Neurons and 5HT Receptors in the CNS, H.G. Baumgarten and
M. Göthert, Eds., Springer-Verlag GmbH &
Co., Heidelberg, Germany, pp 563-585.
45
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
.
6. Are The "Entactogens" a Distinct Psychoactive Substance Class?
The Contribution of Human Experimental Studies to the Classification of MDMA and
Other Chemically Related Methylenedioxyamphetamine Derivatives
Euphrosyne Gouzoulis-Mayfrank, M.D. and Leo Hermle, M.D.
Introduction
MDMA
(methylenedioxymethamphetamine;
"Ecstasy") and its analogs MDE (methylenedioxyethylamphetamine; "Eve"), methylenedioxybenzodioxoylbutanamine (MBDB) and methoxymethylenedioxyamphetamine (MMDA) are ring-substituted
amphetamine-derivatives. Their chemical structures are
closely related to both the stimulant amphetamines and
the psychedelic phenethylamines and methoxyamphetamines like mescaline, DOM and DOB (Figure 1).
However, they are thought to exert unique
psychological effects in humans, distinguishing them
both from the stimulant and the psychedelic
amphetamines (Shulgin and Nichols 1978, Shulgin
1986). During the last decade, there has been an
intensive controversial discussion of MDMA in the
scientific and general media. The dimension of this
still ongoing discussion is motivated by the popularity
of MDMA as an illegal recreational drug (Seymour
1986, Beck and Morgan 1986, Beck 1990), its
neurotoxic potential (Price et al 1989, Grob et al 1990)
and its claimed medical usefulness as an adjunct in
insight-oriented psychotherapy (Grinspoon and Bakalar
1986, Greer and Tolbert 1986, 1990).
Studies with laboratory animals demonstrated that
high and repeated doses of MDMA cause long-lasting
or even irreversible degeneration of brain cells
containing the endogenous transmitter serotonin
(Ricaurte et al 1992). This is not a unique finding
with MDMA, because a similar or even stronger
neurotoxic potential can be shown in animal studies for
many amphetamines. The clinical significance of these
experimental data is unclear. However, they built a
strong argument for the scheuling of MDMA in 1985.
According to anecdotal evidence MDMA
possesses anxiolytic and antidepressive properties. It
evokes a subtle, easily controllable altered state of
consciousness with an emphasis on emotional aspects,
relaxation, feelings of happiness, heightened selfacceptance and empathy, openness for communication
and decrease of fear responses. In contrast, perceptual
alterations, alterations of thinking and orientation and
amphetamine-like stimulatory effects are not generally
reported (Greer and Tolbert 1986). This psychotropic
profile makes MDMA, in the view of some
psychotherapists, a valuable tool for psycholytic
psychotherapy. Psycholytic therapies with psychedelics (mostly LSD) were performed in many European
and American centers in the 1950s and 1960s. The
rationale of psycholytic therapy has its analogy in
dream analysis: during the psychedelic state defense
mechanisms diminish and defended, unconscious
conflict material is visualized in a symbolic way;
facilitating the approach to this material for analysis and
interpretation after the psycholytic session. Before
MDMA was scheduled in 1985 it was used by some
therapists, predominantly on the west coast, in individual settings and in marital therapy (Greer and
Tolbert 1990). In Switzerland, a small group of
psychotherapists with psychoanalytic background
founded the Swiss Medical Society for Psycholytic
Therapy in 1988. They obtained time-limited licences
for the use of LSD and MDMA in psycholytic sessions
and treated over a hundred patients with neurotic and
psychoreactive disorders during the years 1988 till
1994 (Styk 1994). Both U.S. and Swiss psychotherapists gave enthusiastic reports of the beneficial
effects of MDMA sessions on the therapeutic process
(Greer and Tolbert 1986, Widmer 1989). According to
these reports, MDMA helps overcome strong defenses,
enables the therapist to confront the patient with deep
conflicts by reducing his/her anxiety and may even be
the only possibility to overcome stagnation of the
psychotherapeutic process in treatment-resistant cases
with substantial chronicity. A recent follow-up study
of 121 treated patients in Switzerland demonstated
improvement in 90% of the cases (Gasser, in press).
It was hypothesized that MDMA, MBDB and MDE
constitute a novel psychoactive substance class. Animal
drug discrimination experiments and pharmacological
studies on the structure-activity relationships of
MDMA and related compounds support the hypothesis
of a distinct pharmacological class (Nichols 1986,
Nichols and Oberlender 1990).
Nichols (1986)
proposed that the hypothetical new class be designated
"entactogens." This new term is composed of the roots
"en," "tactus," and "gen" and makes a strong reference
46
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
.
to the psychotherapeutic usefulness of the substances.
STIMULANTS
H
N R
H
CH3
ENTACTOGENS
O
O
R
HALLUCINOGENS
H
N R'
H
R2
R3
R
R4
H
N H
H
OCH3
R = H; Amphetamine
R = CH3 ; Methamphetamine
R = CH3 ; MDA, MDMA, MDE
R = C2 H5 ; MBDB, BDB
R = H, R3 = R4 = OCH3 ; Mescaline
R = CH3 , R2 = OCH3 , R4 = Br DOB
R = CH3 , R2 = OCH3 , R4 = CH3 , DOM
Figure 1. Chemical structures of stimulant amphetamines, entactogens, and phenethylamine psychedelics.
Nichols (1986): "Just as the word "tact" has the
connotation of communicating information in a
senstitive and careful way so as to avoid offense, it
seemed that the Latin root of this word, tactus, would
be appropriate as part of the term. Addition of the
Greek roots en (within or inside) and gen (to produce)
created the term entactogen, having the connotation of
producing a touching within."
However, there are also reports of panic reactions,
amphetamine-like stimulation and perceptual alterations
with recreational MDMA use (Peroutka et al 1988,
Whitaker-Azmitia and Aronson 1989, Dowling et al
1987). Reports of recreational users are difficult to
interpret because of the various influences of the set and
setting (personality, personal and environmental
situative factors) on the effects of the drug and because
of the frequent concomitant use of other substances or
alcohol. Moreover, tablets sold as "Ecstasy" may
contain mixtures of MDMA with amphetamines or
even psychedelics or in some cases may lack MDMA
altogether. In consequence, the position of the
entactogens within the range of the chemically related
psychotropic drugs is uncertain.
work with MDE, because it was shown to be less
neurotoxic than MDMA in animal studies (Schmidt
1987, Ricaurte et al 1987, Gibb et al 1990). The
experimental design was random double-blind,
placebo-controlled, cross-over, i.e. every volunteer took
part in one active (a single 140 mg oral dose) and one
placebo experiment.
Fourteen healthy volunteers participated in this
first study. The psychological effects of MDE were
assessed using several questionnaires and scales. In
addition, we studied the neurohormonal influences of
the drug in eight of the fourteen subjects.
The
remaining six subjects participated in a sleep EEG
study in order to assess the effects of MDE on sleep
architecture.
Neurobiological effects of MDE
Effects on hormonal secretion
The secretion of cortisol, prolactin, and growth
hormone is regulated by endogenous transmitters such
as serotonin and norepinephrine acting in the
hypothalamus and hypophyseal gland of the brain.
Drugs interacting with these endogenous transmitters
(e.g.
amphetamines
and psychedelics)
alter
neurohormonal secretion. Thus, to compare the
neuroendocrine effects of psychotropic drugs is one
possible
approach
to
their
pharmacologic
characterization.
Eight healthy male volunteers took 140 mg of
MDE or placebo at noon time after a standardized light
lunch. For the following 3.5 hours blood samples were
taken every 20 minutes for an analysis of the timecourse of the effects on neurohormonal secretion. After
the intake of MDE, there were sharp rises in cortisol
and prolactin plasma levels, which declined after about
two hours, but were still above the pre-drug level at the
Human experimental studies with MDE ("Eve")
The most direct way to explore the question of a
distinct pharmacological entity is to assess the effects of
an entactogen in a standardized human experimental
setting. Due to the current legal situation, human
studies with hallucinogens and related psychoactive
substances are difficult to realize. However, it is not
impossible to obtain the approvals needed from the
responsible state authorities. Our group has already
performed a pilot study on the subjective and
neurobiological effects of MDE in healthy volunteers.
Further studies are currently in progress. We chose to
46
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
end of the experiment. In contrast, growth hormone
levels did not rise above the pre-drug level (Gouzoulis
et al 1993a). From previous studies of other groups it
is known that stimulant amphetamines and psychedelic
amphetamine derivatives enhance cortisol and prolactin
secretion. So, these effects do not differentiate between
the entactogens and the other chemically related
substances. However, amphetamines are also known to
enhance the secretion of growth hormone. In our study,
this was not true for MDE. Our growth hormone data
might be indicative of distinct pharmacological
mechanisms supporting the hypothesis of a novel
psychoactive substance class (Gouzoulis et al 1993a),
but have to be replicated before further interpretations
are made.
All subjects displayed a significant stimulation
with increased vigilance, drive and pressure of speech,
together with sympathomimetic vegetative signs like
sweating, slight tremor and moderate rises in blood
pressure and heart rate. Most subjects expressed
subjective feelings of increased physical and mental
vitality. This amphetamine-like effect pattern was the
only uniform effect of the drug.
The emotional quality of the experience was
variable. Eleven subjects had an overall pleasant
experience, which was free of anxiety and included
feelings of euphoria, happiness, relaxation, security, and
self-acceptance. Four out of these eleven subjects were
engaged with important personal themes and were
remarkably open for communication in a way that
reminded us of the definition of an "entactogen." It
may sound contradictory, but these subjects described
their mood as being "sad." However, they felt at the
same time a deep self-acceptance, so the overall
experience was very positive. Three out of the eleven
subjects additionally described cosmic-mystic feelings
(unity with other people and the universe, religious
feelings) during the experiment.
The experience of the remaining three subjects was
very different and included negative emotional feelings.
One subject reported marked depersonalization and
derealization, blocking of normal thinking and
attenuated emotionality.
Another subject had an
unpleasant experience of MDE-induced amphetaminelike psychomotor excitement and he felt very
dysphoric.
Finally, one volunteer experienced a
psychosis with hallucinations, delusional ideas,
anxious behavior and loss of insight and control of the
situation for the duration of three hours (Gouzoulis et al
1993b). All other subjects except this one kept control
over their altered state and insight into the experimental
nature of their experience. However, half of the subjects
did have some minor perceptual alterations including
mainly visual, but also tactile and auditory phenomena
e.g. colors were percieved as being more bright, their
own own body felt heavier or lighter, etc. These
phenomena and the one case of psychotic reaction are
indicative of the underlying hallucinogenic potential of
MDE.
One of the scales we used is the APZQuestionnaire (Dittrich 1985) for the assessment of
altered states of consciousness (ASC), which can be
induced by psychedelic drugs as well as by various
psychological conditions such as sensory deprivation or
overstimulation and certain meditation techniques.
The items of the questionnaire build three subscales:
the subscale "oceanic boundlessness" (OSE) refers to
positive emotional states, mystic experiences of unity
and feelings of happiness. The subscale "Dread for
Alteration of sleep architecture
In the sleep laboratory study MDE caused mostly,
but not exclusively, amphetamine-like effects. Subjects
took 140 mg MDE or placebo at 11:00 p.m. and
lights were switched off immediately. After a normal
sleep onset latency and sleep duration of about one
hour, all subjects awoke due to the drug effects and
stayed awake for at least 2.5 hours during the night on
MDE (Gouzoulis et al 1992). There was a clear
reduction of total sleep time and an increase in
intermittent time awake after MDE. REM sleep, the
sleep phase with the most prominent dream activity,
was completely suppressed and did not occur at all after
again falling asleep. The effects described so far are
amphetamine-like. The overall reduction of sleep time
affected all sleep stages, but was more prominent for the
functionally less important light sleep (sleep stage 2).
In contrast, there was a trend towards increase of deep
sleep (sleep stage 4) during the second part of the night
after MDE compared to placebo, i.e. subjects caught up
with this most restorative sleep phase. Moreover, the
cyclic sleep architecture was preserved during the
second part of the night. The missing suppression of
deep sleep and cyclic sleep architecture in the context of
otherwise amphetamine-like effects is unusual and
might indicate a distinct effect pattern of MDE on sleep,
supporting the hypothesis of a novel psychoactive
substance class. Interpretation of these data, however,
as well as the data on growth hormone secretion, must
be cautious because of the limited number of subjects
(Gouzoulis et al 1992).
Psychological effects
There was a strong interindividual variability in
the psychological effects of MDE (Hermle et al 1993a,
b). Effects began 30 to 90 minutes after ingestion of the
drug and lasted two to three hours.
48
Gouzoulis-Mayfrank and Hermle, Entactogens
Ego-Dissolution" (AIA) refers to negative emotional
experiences with anxiety and panic reactions like a
horror trip.
The subscale "Visionary Restructuralization" (VUS) includes hallucinatory behavior and
ideas of reference. We compared the mean values of the
14 subjects of our MDE study to the mean values of 12
volunteers of a former study of our group with the
hallucinogenic phenethylamine mescaline (Hermle et al
1992). The intake of mescaline resulted in significant
effects on all three subscales. The effects of MDE were
also significant, but less marked than the effects of
mescaline (Figure 2), the difference being stronger for
the "negative" and "hallucinogenic" subscales AIA and
VUS (Hermle et al 1993a). The MDE-induced state
was generally milder, more easy to control and with an
emphasis on emotional aspects compared to the state
induced by a classic hallucinogen like mescaline.
In summary, the data of our first pilot study with
MDE are indicative of the close relation of the
entactogens to both psychedelics and stimulants
(Hermle et al 1993b). MDMA, MDE and MBDB
probably take an intermediate position within the range
of chemically related stimulant amphetamines and
hallucinogenic phenethylamines. The entactogenic
effects (reduction of anxiety and defenses, selfacceptance, empathy, peacefulness) are a major and
unique part of the spectrum of action of the entactogens.
However, this spectrum also includes amphetaminelike and mild hallucinogenic effects.
a
R
e
l
a
c
S
8
7
**
**
literature data, but this procedure has significant
methodological problems. Direct comparative studies
with an entactogen and representatives of the other two
categories of chemically related phenethylamines will
provide us with stronger evidence for or against the case
of a distinct pharmacological class. At present, our
group is conducting an experimental project of this
kind in collaboration with the Department of Nuclear
Medicine in Aachen (U. Büll), the Psychiatric
Department of the University of Heidelberg (M.
Spitzer), the Pharmaceutical Department of the
University of Tübingen (K.-A. Kovar) and the
Psychiatric Department of UC San Diego (M. Geyer).
Every volunteer of our ongoing project participates
in two experimental sessions with the same substance;
this may be MDE, methamphetamine (representative of
the stimulant class), psilocybin (representative of the
psychedelic class), or placebo. Both the volunteer and
our team are blind concerning the substance (doubleblind design).
Subjects undergo a series of
examinations during the experiments: those include
standardized
psychopathological
assessments,
computer-based neuropsychological studies of attention
and memory, PET studies of regional cerebral
metabolism, electrophysiological studies of habituation
and pre-pulse inhibition of the startle reflex,
assessments of the neuroendocrine secretion and studies
of pharmacokinetics and drug metabolism. With this
project, we hope that we will be able to make a
substantial contribution to the understanding of the
mechanism of action of the entactogens, as well as the
mechanism of action of stimulants and psychedelics.
Mescaline
MDE
Placebo
References:
Beck, J. (1990) The public health implications of
MDMA use. In: Peroutka, S.J. (ed.), Ecstasy:
The
clinical,
pharmacological
and
neurotoxicological effects of the drug MDMA.
Kluwer Academic Publishers, pp 77-103.
Beck, J., and Morgan, P.A. (1986) Designer drug
confusion: A focus on MDMA. J Drug Educ 16,
287-302.
Dittrich, A., von Arx, S., and Staub, S. (1985)
International study on altered states of
consciousness (ISASC). Summary of the results.
German J Psychol 9, 319-339.
Dowling, G.P., McDonough, E.T., and Bost, R.O.
(1987) "Eve" and "Ecstasy": a report of five deaths
associated with the use of MDEA and MDMA.
JAMA 257, 1615-1617.
Ensslin, H.K., Maurer H.H., Gouzoulis, E., Hermle,
L., Kovar, K.-A. (in press) Metabolism of racemic
3,4-methylenedioxyethylamphetamine (MDE) in
6
5
4
3
Z
P
A
2
1
0
Figure 2. Comparison of the altered state of
consciousness (ASC) induced by mescaline (n = 12)
and MDE (n = 14) in healthy volunteers (subscales of
the APZ questionnaire (Hermle et al 1993a))
Ongoing direct comparative studies with MDE
and other psychoactive phenethylamines
A disadvantage of our placebo-controlled studies
with MDE is that we can directly compare the drug´s
actions only to placebo. Comparisons to the effects of
other psychoactive substances can be drawn from
49
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
humans. Isolation, identification, quantification
and synthesis of urine metabolites.
Drug
Metabolism and Disposition.
Gasser P. (in press) Die psycholytische Psychotherapie
in der Schweiz von 1988-1993. Schweizer Archiv
Neurol Psychiat.
Gibb, J.W., Stone, D., Johnson, M., and Hanson,
G.R. (1990) Neurochemical effects of MDMA. In:
Peroutka, S.J. (ed), Ecstasy: The clinical,
pharmacological and neurotoxicological effects of
the drug MDMA. Boston, Kluwer Academic
Publishers, pp 133-150.
Gouzoulis, E., Steiger, A., Ensslin, H., Kovar, K.-A.,
and Hermle, L. (1992) Sleep-EEG effects of 3,4Methylenedioxyethamphetamine (MDE; "Eve") in
healthy volunteers. Biol Psychiatry 32, 1108-117
Gouzoulis, E., Bardeleben, U.v., Rupp, A., Kovar, K.A., and Hermle, L. (1993a) Neuroendocrine and
cardiovascular effects of MDE in healthy
volunteers. Neuropsychopharmacology 8, 187193.
Gouzoulis, E., Borchardt, D., and Hermle, L. (1993b)
A case of toxic psychosis induced by "Eve" (3,4Methylenedioxyethylamphetamine).
Arch Gen
Psychiatry 50, 75.
Greer, G., and Tolbert, R. (1986) Subjective reports of
the effects of MDMA in a clinical setting. J
Psychoactive Drugs 18, 319-327.
Greer, G., and Tolbert, R. (1990) The therapeutic use
of MDMA. In: Peroutka, S.J. (ed), Ecstasy: The
clinical, pharmacological and neurotoxicological
effects of the drug MDMA. Kluwer Academic
Publishers, pp 21-35.
Grinspoon, L., and Bakalar, J.M. (1986) Can drugs be
used to enhance the psychotherapeutic process?
Am J Psychotherapy XL, 393-404.
Grob, C., Bravo, G., and Walsh, R. (1990) Second
thoughts on 3,4-methylenedioxymeth-amphetamine (MDMA) neurotoxicity.
Arch Gen
Psychiatry 47,288.
Hermle, L., Fünfgeld, M., Oepen, G., Bosch, H.,
Borchardt, D., Gouzoulis, E., Fehrenbach R. A.,
Spitzer, M. (1992) Mescaline-induced psychopathological, neuropsychological, and neurometabolic effects in normal subjects: Experimental
psychosis as a tool for psychiatric research. Biol
Psychiatry 32, 976-991.
Hermle, L., Gouzoulis, E., Oepen, G., Spitzer, M.,
Kovar, K.-A., Borchardt, D., Fünfgeld, M.,
Berger, M. (1993a) The significance of
hallucinogenic research in psychiatry: history and
present status. Nervenarzt 64, 562-571.
Hermle, L., Spitzer, M., Borchardt, D., Kovar, K.-A.,
and Gouzoulis, E. (1993b) Psychological effects of
MDE in normal subjects. Are entactogens a new
class of psychoactive agents? Neuropsychopharmacology 8, 171-176.
Nichols, D.E. (1986) Differences between the
mechanism of action of MDMA, MBDB, and the
classic hallucinogens. Identification of a new
therappeutic class: Entactogens. J Psychoactive
Drugs 18, 305-313.
Nichols, D.E., and Oberlender, R. (1990) StructureActivity relationships of MDMA and related
compounds: a new class of psychoactive agents?.
In: Peroutka, S.J. (ed), Ecstasy: The clinical,
pharmacological and neurotoxicological effects of
the drug MDMA. Kluwer Academic Publishers,
pp 105-131.
Peroutka, S.J., Newman, H., and Harris, H. (1988)
Subjective effects of 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine
in
recreational
users.
Neuropsychopharmacology 1, 273-277.
Price, L.H., Ricaurte, G.A., Krystal, J.H., and
Heninger, G.R. (1989) Neuroendocrine and mood
responses to intravenous L-tryptophan in MDMA
users. Arch Gen Psychiatry 46, 20-22.
Ricaurte, G.A., Finnegan, K.F., Nichols, D.E.,
DeLanney, L.E., Erwin, I., and Langston, J.W.
(1987) MDE, a novel analogue of MDMA,
produces long-lasting depletion of serotonin in rat
brain. Eur J Pharmacol 137, 265-268.
Ricaurte, G.A., Martello, A.L., Katz, J.L., Martello,
M.B. (1992) Lasting effects of MDMA on central
serotonergic neurons in nonhuman primates:
neurochemical observations. J Pharmacol Exp
Ther 261, 616-622.
Schmidt, C.J. (1987) Acute administration of
methylenedioxymethamphetamine:
comparison
with the neurochemical effects of its N-desmethyl
and N-ethyl analogs. Eur J Pharmacol 136, 8188.
Seymour, R.B. (1986) MDMA.
San Francisco,
Haight-Ashbury Publications.
Shulgin, A.T., and Nichols, D.E. (1978)
Characterization of three new psychotomimetics.
In: Stillman, R.C., and Willette, R.E. (eds), The
Psychopharmacology of Hallucinogens. Pergamon
Press, New York, pp 74-83.
Shulgin, A.T. (1986) The background and chemistry
of MDMA. J Psychoactive Drugs 18, 291-304.
Styk, J. (1994) Rückblick auf die letzten sieben Jahre
der
Schweizerischen
Ärztegesellschaft
für
Psycholytische Therapie.
In: Dittrich, A.,
Hofmann, A., and Leuner, H.C. (eds). Welten des
Bewußtseins, Band 4. Verlag für Wisenschaft und
Bildung, Berlin, pp 149-154.
Widmer,
P.S.
(1989)
Fallbeispiel
einer
50
Gouzoulis-Mayfrank and Hermle, Entactogens
psycholytischen Psychotherapie. In: Schlichting,
H., and Leuner, H.C. (eds) Psychoaktive
Substanzen und veränderte Bewußtseinszustände in
Forschung und Therapie. ECBS Göttingen, pp
163-168.
Whitaker-Azmitia, P.A., and Aronson, T. (1989).
Panic attacks associated with MDMA (ecstasy).
Am J Psychiatry 146, 119.
51
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
7. Flashbacks in Theory and Practice
Lin S. Myers, Ph.D., Shelly S. Watkins, M.A., and Thomas J. Carter, Ph.D.
Hallucinogenic drugs have been
used by humankind for at least five
thousand years. In our society during
the past thirty to fifty years there has
been tremendous growth of interest in
and use of psychoactive substances.
The
most
common
use
of
hallucinogenic
drugs
today
is
recreational, although they have also
been used in therapeutic and religious
settings.
The
popular
press,
governmental and law enforcement
agencies, and some researchers have
reflected society's concerns
about
possible dangers of drug use. The fact
that
hallucinogenic
drugs
lack
addictive qualities has led to a focus on
possible long term effects such as
flashbacks, a reappearance of the drug
experience,
possibly
years
later.
Among the issues we will discuss in
this article are what might constitute a
flashback, current clinical definitions,
some research into the phenomena,
and the implications for therapeutic
and recreational uses of hallucinogens.
Making sense of flashback phenomena
can be difficult because it involves
issues of definitions, consciousness,
how we recognize qualities of our own
mental processes, and interactions
between
physiological
and
psychological functioning.
We attempt to understand the world
through our conscious experience.
Most people take it for granted that
their perceptions are a direct and
reliable reflection of reality. However,
how we perceive the world is a
function of both what we take in
through our senses and how our brains
process our perceptions.
Without
conscious
effort,
we
habitually
compensate for irregularities in our
perceptual processing. For example, if
a myopic person removes their glasses,
they don't normally assume that the
world has actually become fuzzy. We
recognize that a stick in the water is
not really bent, although it may look
that way. We must remember, though,
that our ability
to accommodate
perceptual variations
depends on
factors such as cognitive development,
brain chemistry, personality, previous
experience, and our internal models of
reality.
As we think about the issues raised
by perceptual variations such as
optical illusions, a number of questions
come to mind: what is "normal"
consciousness? To what extent can we
assume that our experiences
are
similar to those of others'? Is there an
objective reality independent of our
experience and perception? What role
do social and cultural systems and
expectations play? To what extent and
in what ways do our senses and
cognitive
processes
filter
our
perceptions
and,
given
the
overwhelming variety and quantity of
perceptual stimuli available to us, how
important are those filters? How are
we aware of variations in our own
consciousness? Might there be reasons
to actively alter our consciousness
either through drugs, meditation, or
other means?
These questions, and many others,
gain additional importance as we try to
understand the effects of what have
been called mind-altering drugs, and
possible long term consequences of
their
use.
Among
known
hallucinogenic substances are LSD,
mescaline,
peyote,
psilocybin,
ayahuasca, and ololiuqui. There is a
conservative estimate of one million
hallucinogen users in the United States
alone (Ott, 1993).
The number of
students, both in high school and
college, who have used LSD is rising.
These current reports have further
contributed to concern about safety
issues
and
possible
adverse
consequences resulting from drug use.
51
Myers et al., Flashbacks
Generally, hallucinogenic
drugs
are so classified largely because of
their ability to alter visual perceptions,
with eyes open or closed, inducing
experiences
such
as
geometric
patterns, trails of moving objects,
rippling effects, intensification of
colors, and spontaneous formation of
objects.
However, users frequently
report a variety of other psychological
and perceptual changes including
alteration of time sense, intense
experience of emotion (e.g., anxiety,
ecstatic experiences), mood changes
(e.g., euphoria, fear), a feeling of
unreality or dissociation (out of body
experience), and alterations in the
other sensory systems of smell, taste,
touch, and hearing.
Combination or
crossing
of
sensory
experiences,
sometimes called synesthesia (e.g.,
"seeing" sounds),
has
also
been
reported.
As can be seen in the above list,
experiences
may be reported
as
positive, negative, or both. A variety
of internal and external factors are
known to influence a drug experience.
One of the most common factors
influencing a person's response to
psychoactive
substances
is
the
situation associated with the drug
experience.
The user's expectations
about the drug experience are known
as the "set," with the physical location
of the experience known as the
"setting." These conceptions help to
explain some of the variation in
subjective reports of hallucinogen
effects. If one expects to feel relaxed
after smoking marijuana or expects
enlightenment
via
a
mystical
experience after ingesting psilocybin,
then a set has been established. I n
addition, the expectations and attitudes
toward a drug experience may be
shared among a group and this may
have an effect on experiences of
members of the group as well as on
inexperienced users joining the group.
Other psychological effects that can
be experienced with any drug are
known as placebo effects. That is, a
person may experience psychological
and/or
physical
effects
from
a
substance, independent of the usual
physiological effects of the substance.
This may include responses to inactive
substances (e. g., sugar pills) or
unusual responses to active substances.
For example, heavy users of marijuana
may get high smoking marijuana from
which all of the active THC ingredient
had been removed. This expectation or
presumption of effect can be powerful
and may influence an individual's
response to a drug. In the 1960s when
hallucinogen
use
was
becoming
mainstream, inexperienced users were
given instructions to facilitate a
positive
mental
set
and
careful
consideration was given to the setting
in
which
the
drug
experience
occurred.
Some researchers have
suggested that many of the negative
experiences with hallucinogens (bad
trips) occurred in users who were not
as careful in their attention to set and
setting.
Negative experiences have
been said to include acute adverse
psychological
reactions,
chronic
persistent anxiety, and long term
physiological or perceptual changes.
More general social and cultural
factors may also play a significant role
in drug experiences. Various cultures
have integrated hallucinogen use into
their religious and social practices. In
these cultures the set and setting of
drug use fit into a larger context.
Visionary and mystical experiences are
expected and considered an important
and positive outcome. There are few
reports
of
long
term
negative
consequences of hallucinogen use in
these cultures. This may be a function
of adequate preparation to take these
types of drugs, or it may be that such
long term effects occur but either are
not considered adverse, are not noticed,
or are not reported because of limited
opportunities for
investigation
or
treatment.
In general, our culture,
particularly
through
the
popular
press, has come to interpret possible
long term perceptual or psychological
changes experienced by hallucinogen
users to be consequences of drug use,
52
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
and typically they are considered
adverse effects.
One of the reported primary long
term effects occurring with previous
hallucinogen
use is
sudden and
unexpected recurrence of some or all
of the drug experience, called a
flashback. The phenomena associated
with hallucinogenic drug flashbacks
have been reported to include relived
intense emotion, a feeling of unreality,
and
visual
distortions
such
as
geometric patterns, trails of moving
objects, or a rippling effect. Wesson
and Smith (1976) classified flashbacks
from self-reports
of
patients
as
including perceptual, somatic, and
emotional types.
The current clinical definition of a
drug
flashback
is
Hallucinogen
Persisting Perception Disorder (HPPD)
described in
the
Diagnostic
and
Statistical Manual, 4th edition (DSMIV), of the American Psychiatric
Association (1994).
The definition
specifies
the
re-experiencing
of
perceptual symptoms, primarily visual,
which must also cause significant
social, occupational, or other distress
before this diagnosis can be made. The
visual disturbances
listed
include
geometric hallucinations, flashes of
color, false perceptions of movement
in the visual field, intensified color,
trails of images of moving objects,
halos
around
objects,
positive
afterimages, macropsia and micropsia.
The DSM-IV diagnosis is not applicable
when the symptoms are associated with
another general medical or mental
condition such as visual epilepsy or
schizophrenia. It is worth noting that
other symptoms reported in research,
or which have been associated in the
popular
press
with
flashback
phenomena such as anxiety, fear,
paranoia, suicidal thoughts, or other
emotional or sensory experiences, are
not included in the diagnostic criteria.
The HPPD diagnosis appears to be based
almost exclusively on research by
Abraham and his colleagues (1982;
1983; 1988; 1993).
Abraham suggests, based on his
research, that visual disturbances
occur at a higher rate in people with a
history of LSD use. Abraham (1982)
examined
the
possibility
of
impairments in color discrimination
after prior exposure to LSD. Volunteers
selected from the outpatient adult
psychiatric
department
at
Massachusetts General Hospital
in
Boston
were
given
a
color
discrimination
test
that
involved
identifying a white disk, surrounded
by a yellow halo, as being white. The
distance
at
which
the
correct
identification was made was recorded.
Following the test, a drug history was
taken and the 77 volunteers were
divided into three categories: nonusers
of LSD (31), and users with and without
a clinical
history
of LSD-related
flashbacks (10 & 34, respectively). LSD
users were defined as persons who
reported having used any drug called
LSD and having
had subsequent
changes in mood and perception
lasting at least 6 hours. Those who had
ever
used
LSD
needed
to
be
significantly closer to the target to
identify it as white compared to
controls; however
there
was
no
significant difference between LSD
users with and without reported
flashbacks.
Abraham interpreted
these results as suggesting that some
LSD users have chronic, irreversible
impairments in color perception. I n
1988, Abraham and Wolf published an
additional study of direct measures of
visual perception in which they found
that compared to a control group of 20
psychiatric outpatients, 24 LSD users,
primarily from the same clinic, had
impairments in
peripheral
vision
function and had more difficulty
adjusting to a dark environment.
In a 1983 paper that foreshadowed
what he later defined as HPPD,
Abraham reports on data collected a
decade earlier. In two phases, he had
interviewed 123 people with a history
of LSD use.
All participants were
referred to the study in response to a
notice in the Acute Psychiatric Service
53
Myers et al., Flashbacks
requesting any person ever having
used LSD. All referrals were made by
residents
in
the
Department
of
Psychiatry of Massachusetts General
Hospital in the acute service and the
inpatient unit.
The volunteers had
drug abuse as the most common
diagnosis. The 53 volunteers in the
first phase underwent unstructured,
open ended interviews about any and
all
conditions
they
considered
resulting from the use of LSD. Of all
the symptoms reported, 16 visual
disturbances considered by Abraham
most compatible with reports in the
literature of flashbacks were chosen
for study in phase two, essentially
excluding all other reported symptoms
from further study.
These visual
disturbances
included
phenomena
such as geometric hallucinations,
illusions of movement, trails, flashes of
color, and prolonged intensification of
color.
In phase two, 70 additional
volunteers from the same clinic and a
control
group
of
40 individuals
matched for a variety of variables were
given a questionnaire. About 54% of
the 70 users reported having had
subjective
symptoms
which
they
labeled as flashbacks.
A number of
issues make it difficult to assess
Abraham's interpretation of these data.
Of the 16 targeted visual disturbances,
ten were reported significantly more
often in users than in nonusers.
Abraham then selected the top four
and found them to have a significant
positive
correlation
with
the
participants' clinical description of
flashbacks, but he may have also
decided thereafter to use these four
items as his criteria for "flashback".
Interpretation of his further analyses
of variables such as number of uses of
LSD and time since last use and their
correlation with "flashback" becomes
problematic since it is unclear if he
means the four visual symptoms or the
participants'
own
definition
of
flashback.
This lack of clarity points to a
variety of methodological concerns
regarding the interpretation of these
studies.
A major methodological
concern is the makeup of the sample
populations. For example, the majority
of the participants in these studies
were
white
males
and
either
psychiatric inpatients or people who
had
sought
acute
psychiatric
treatment. Number of times the drug
was taken and time since last use
varied considerably.
Many were
polydrug users and were currently
receiving treatment for substance
abuse or other acute psychiatric
problems.
Other
long
term
physiological or psychiatric problems
may have been present. These factors
contribute to a lack of generalizability
of the results to the general population
of hallucinogen users.
Abraham interprets his results as
implying a causal link between a
history of LSD use and impairments in
color discrimination and peripheral
vision. However, these individuals may
or may not have had these visual
disturbances prior to their drug use.
Since no pre-test was completed, this is
impossible to determine.
It is also
possible that the dramatic perceptual
changes during acute hallucinogen
intoxication allow the individual later
to recognize
more readily, nonpathologic,
transient
changes
in
ordinary perception.
Finally, while
differences in perceptual factors may
be present, it was not determined if
they were actually interfering with
the person's occupational or social
functioning in any way.
The DSM-IV classification of HPPD is
problematic for a variety of reasons.
First is the parenthetical labeling
denoting HPPD as "flashbacks". While
Abraham's
research
shows
a
statistically
significant
correlation
between ever having used LSD and the
visual disturbances listed under HPPD,
the
explanatory
power
of
this
correlation, that LSD is the sole factor
involved in these visual phenomena, is
only about 10% of the variance.
In
other words, other factors might have
explained his findings in 90% of the
cases,
including
genetic,
54
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
environmental,
psychological
and
personality factors, etc. Furthermore,
at no time does he tie a currently
experienced "flashback" to a difficulty
in discerning visual stimuli during
testing. The common conception of a
drug flashback is a sudden, unexpected
reoccurrence of the drug experience
that is disabling or significantly
disturbing.
His research, which
apparently forms the basis for the
DSM-IV classification of HPPD, shows
no
evidence
for
this
sort
of
phenomenon
and
he
specifically
remarks on the stability of the
disturbances over time. Second, the
classification suggests any of the
hallucinogens may be implicated when
the majority of Abraham's work has
focused solely on LSD use.
In determining other possible long
term physiological effects, the time
since the drug was last used (as well as
other drugs used) may be important.
For example, users who refrained from
using LSD for at least 48 hours before
testing
scored
lower
on
spatial
orientation and visual perception tests
when compared to nonusers (Cohen &
Edwards, 1969). However, when these
tests were administered to LSD users
who had not used within one year
prior
to testing,
no
significant
differences were found between the
users and nonusers (McGlothlin et al.
1969). This lack of support for the
former study suggests that visual and
perceptual effects may persist for a
short time following LSD use, but are
not permanent.
We should also consider other
factors that may contribute to both
acute and long term responses to
hallucinogens.
Naditch
(1974)
concluded that adverse reactions to
marijuana, LSD, and/or mescaline were
related to psychopathology.
Others
have reported that people at highest
risk for adverse reactions tend to have
a history
of
psychiatric
illness,
typically ingest high doses more
frequently, and are polydrug users (e.
g., Robbins et al. 1967; Smart &
Bateman, 1967; Ungerleider et al. 1968).
In a 1967 study of 25 emergency room
patients seen for LSD-related disorders,
over half of them had diagnoses falling
within the schizophrenia spectrum
(Blumenfield
&
Glickman,
1967).
Individuals who may be predisposed to
schizophrenia
or
who
have
disorganized thought processes are at
the highest
risk
for
LSD-related
disorders.
Conversely, this danger
appears to be low when hallucinogenic
drugs are used by emotionally stable
individuals in a safe, protected setting
(McWilliams & Tuttle, 1973).
An
understanding of other personality
characteristics that may be related to
drug experiences, reports of long term
effects, similar symptom reporting in
nonusers, and even likelihood of drug
use itself, is important.
The
research
examining
the
flashback
phenomenon
provides
conflicting
reports
of
incidence,
ranging from 15 to 77 percent among
LSD users. Typically, the samples have
been
gathered
from
clinical
populations and studies have focused
on psychopathology.
In the extant
literature,
information
from
less
restricted populations is sparse. Little
research
has
explored
the
relationships between more general
personality
characteristics
and
symptoms
associated
with
drug
experiences.
Our recent study (Watkins et al.
1995) in a nonclinical sample found
that of 207 users 21% report ever
having had a drug flashback, while
3.3% of the 153 nonusers also reported
having had a drug flashback.
Users
were defined as anyone who had
reported
having
ever
used
an
hallucinogen. Over half of the users
reporting drug flashbacks said they
were not disturbed by them and none
reported being unable to function. In
contrast, within the nonuser group,
those reporting drug flashbacks were
all either moderately bothered or
unable to function.
Overall, the
incidence of flashback reports in this
sample is at the low end of the range
described in the literature.
55
Myers et al., Flashbacks
Interestingly, we found that the
frequency of hallucinogen use, time
since last hallucinogen use, and total
number of uses had little or no
relationship to drug flashback reports.
Time since last use was significantly
negatively correlated with reports of
HPPD symptoms and not related to self
reports of flashbacks.
We also
examined how personality variables
were related to a variety of symptoms
from a sample of DSM-IV diagnostic
categories, including HPPD symptoms,
and found that in users, scoring
higher on measures of fantasy and
openness to experience were related to
reports of having experienced more
HPPD symptoms. This study will be
reported more fully elsewhere, but
underscores
the
importance
of
studying nonclinical
samples and
investigating other variables that may
be relevant to flashback phenomena.
In this short review we have raised
some important issues relevant to
future research into hallucinogen
flashback phenomena.
Examples of
some of the research in this area that
we have reviewed should underscore
the need for caution in assuming we
already know what the long term
positive
or
negative
effects
of
hallucinogen use may be. Much of the
published literature (see for example
Strassman's
1984
review
for
a
summary)
concerning
persistent
organic changes or alterations of
personality
or
attitudes
remains
controversial but tends to suggest that
most such possible
changes
are
relatively benign.
As previously
mentioned, in our study of nonclinical
participants who were hallucinogen
users
none
reported
having
experienced
flashbacks
which
rendered them unable to function, and
most considered the experience not to
be bothersome.
While care must
certainly be taken in the use of
psychoactive substances of any type in
therapeutic,
experimental,
and
recreational contexts, concerns about
devastating
flashback
experiences
appear not to be warranted
current research reports.
from
References
American
Psychiatric
Association.
(1994). Diagnostic and Statistical
Manual for Mental Disorders, (4th
ed.). APA, Washington, D. C.
Abraham, H. D. (1982) A chronic
impairment of color vision in users
of LSD. Brit J Psychiat, 140, 518520.
Abraham,
H.
D.
(1983)
Visual
phenomenology
of
the
LSD
flashback. Arch Gen Psychiat, 40,
884-889.
Abraham, H. D. and Wolf, E. (1988)
Visual function in past users of LSD:
Psychosocial findings.
J Abn
Psych, 97, 443-447.
Abraham,
H.
D.
(1993)
Adverse
consequences
of
lysergic
acid
diethylamide. Addiction, 88, 13271334.
Blumenfield, M. and Glickman, L.
(1967) Ten months' experience with
LSD users admitted to a county
psychiatric receiving hospital. NY
State J Med, 67, 1849-1853.
Cohen, S. and Edwards, A. (1969) LSD
and organic brain impairment.
Drug Dependence, 2, 1-4.
McGlothlin,
W.,
Arnold,
D.,
and
Freedman, D. (1969) Organicity
measures following repeated LSD
ingestion. Arch Gen Psychiat, 21,
704-709.
McWilliams, S. and Tuttle, R. (1973)
Long-term psychological effects of
LSD. Psych Bull, 79, 341-351.
Naditch, M. (1974) Acute adverse
reactions to psychoactive drugs,
drug usage, and psychopathology. J
Psychoactive Drugs, 22, 305-311.
Ott,
J.
(1993)
Pharmacotheon.
Kennewick, WA. Natural Products,
CO.
Ungerleider, J. and Fisher, D. (1967)
The
problems
of
LSD-25
and
emotional disorders. Cal Med, 106,
210-211.
Watkins, S., Carter, T. J., and Myers, L. S.
(1995)
Hallucinogen flashbacks:
56
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
Reality or myth?
Poster (88.5)
presented
at
the
Society
for
Neuroscience meeting, November,
1995.
Wesson, D. R. and Smith, D. E. (1976) An
analysis
of
psychedelic
drug
flashbacks. Amer J Drug Alcohol
Abuse, 3, 425-438.
57
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
8. Ten Year Study of Ketamine Psychedelic Therapy (KPT) of Alcohol Dependence
Evgeny M Krupitsky, M.D., Ph.D. and A.Ya Grinenko, M.D., Ph.D.
Psychedelic psychotherapy was shown to be a
potential benefit for alcoholism treatment in the
"60s," but different methodologies made it difficult to
generalize across studies. The requisite development
of appropriate sophistication for these studies was not
possible to do after they were scheduled in 1970 and
their use was strictly limited. However, at about this
time, ketamine was being shown to elicit
"psychedelic" emergent phenomena in patients. This
property of ketamine was exploited by our use of
ketamine-assisted therapy of alcoholism. Ketamine
has some advantages over other psychedelics as an
adjunct to psychotherapy. It is safe and short acting
(the psychoactive effects lasting about an hour). In
addition, ketamine is not scheduled like other
psychedelics. In lower doses (about one sixth to one
tenth of that usually used in surgery for a general
anaesthesia) it induces a profound psychedelic
experience.
Psychotherapy in our model consists of the
preparation of patients for the psychedelic session, the
psychotherapeutic facilitation of the session and
special post-session psychotherapy (Krupitsky,
1992). This post-session work is intended to help
the patient integrate insights from the psychedelic
experience to the everyday life and relate the
experience to his life and personality problems.
Moreover, psychotherapy in this manner acquires a
special quality. It is considered here not only as a
process of resolution of certain psychological
problems, but also as an important stage in spiritual
maturation. The uniquely profound and powerful
psychedelic experience often helps our patients to
generate new insights that enable them to integrate
new, often unexpected meanings, values and attitudes
about their individual selves and the world.
We carried out a controlled clinical trial of the
efficacy of KPT. To determine the efficiency of the
treatment, we collected follow-up information about
all the patients who had taken part in this study a
year after their release. According to the data,
abstinence of more than 1 year was observed in 73
out of 111 people (65.8%) who had undergone the
KPT. Thirty people (27.0%) had relapsed. We
could not obtain data on eight patients (7.2%). In
the control group of 100 patients whose treatment
consisted only of conventional methods, only 24
patients (24%) remained sober for more than 1 year (p
< 0.01). Thus, the data from the follow-up study
demonstrated that ketamine-assisted psychedelic
therapy increases the efficacy of conventional
alcoholism treatment.
Two-year follow-up data had been collected for
the 81 patients who had undergone the KPT (because
at the moment of the follow-up study only 81 out of
111 patients had a two-year follow-up period after
KPT). According to the data, abstinence of more
than 2 years was observed in 33 out of these 81
patients (40.7%). Thirty-eight patients (46.9%) had
relapsed. We could not obtain two-year follow-up
data on 10 patients (12.4%). Three-year follow-up
data had been collected for the 42 patients who had
undergone KPT. According to the data, abstinence of
more than 3 years was observed in 14 out of these 42
patients (33.3%). Twenty-four patients (57.2%) had
relapsed. We could not obtain three-year follow-up
data on four patients (9.5%). These two- and threeyear follow-up data are also evidence of the high
efficacy of KPT.
We also carried out psychological, biochemical,
and neurophysiological studies of the different
possible underlying mechanisms of KPT.
Psychological underlying mechanisms
MMPI
All patients in each experimental group were
examined with
the Minnesota Multiphasic
Personality Inventory (MMPI) (adapted in Russia by
Sobchik (1990)) before and after KPT.
According to the MMPI data, our analysis of
psychological changes in the experimental group
points to definite, rather expressed dynamics in the
patient's MMPI profiles. Particularly, after KPT the
indices were decreased for the majority of the main
MMPI scales. The most expressed, statistically
significant decrease in the profile was in the scale
"hypochondria,"
"depression,"
"hysteria,"
"psychastenia,"
"schizophrenia,"
"sensitivityrepression," and also in Taylor's scale of anxiety. At
the same time, the estimate in the Ego strength scale
increased.
On the whole, such favorable
psychological dynamics testify to the fact that the
patients became more sure of themselves, their
possibilities, their future, less anxious and neurotic,
and more emotionally open after KPT. Against the
background of these general tendencies, we saw in the
majority of cases some essential individual variations
(e.g. concerning changes in such scales as
"masculinity-femininity," "paranoia," hypomania,"
and "sensitivity-repression") that reflected, as a rule, a
certain harmonization of the patient's personality
profiles.
56
Krupitsky and Grinenko, Ketamine therapy in alcoholism
Locus of Control
Thirty alcoholic patients treated with KPT were
examined with the Locus of Control Scale (LCS)
developed by J.Rotter (Phares, 1976) and adapted in
Russia by Bazhin et al. (1993). All patients were
assessed with the LCS twice: before and after KPT.
It was established that locus of control in the
personality of alcoholic patients became significantly
more internal after KPT (from 11.1 ± 4.8 to 30.3 ±
5.3; P<0,01). This means patients became more sure
about the ability to control and manage different
situations of their life, they became more responsible
for their life and future after KPT.
One should also underline the fact that, according
to the CTA data, there occurred strong positive
changes in
patients'
nonverbal (unrealized)
assessments of the attitudes
toward
the
psychotherapist, close relatives, to the image "Me
sober," and to the ideal image of self. This means
that the patient has internally grown to emotionally
accept these images and, in turn, the attitudes toward
sobriety connected with them.
Thus KPT of
alcoholism may be of benefit by transforming
unconscious attitudes, particularly those related to
sobriety. The enhancement of the relationship to the
therapist may have enhanced transference issues which
may also have had a therapeutic effect.
A special note should be made of the
discrepancies between the verbal and nonverbal
estimates of a patient's personal attitudes registered
before KPT. These discrepancies, obviously, reflect
the presence of an essential discord between the
conscious and unconscious estimates of a
personality's attitudes.
This discord reflects a
peculiar difference between the subject's unconscious
and conscious mind, and possibly characterizes the
ambivalence of the patient's position and the
disagreement between what is declared at the verbal
level and what takes place at the level of the
immediate emotional experience. Such discord may
give rise to psychological discomfort, internal
tension, to difficulties in communication with the
environment, i.e. to the reduction of a person's
adaptation, which after all leads to alcoholism
relapse. Therefore, the reduction of such discord due
to KPT should be considered as an achievement of a
personality's psychologial status which favors
sobriety.
Psychosemantic Changes
Color Test of Attitudes and Personality Differential
We also studied changes in the psychosemantic
domain induced by KPT. The study used the data
from 69 alcoholic in-patients treated with KPT in our
hospital.
All patients were examined by the
personality differential test (PD) (Bazhin and Etkind,
1983) (a personality oriented version of Osgood's
semantic differential (Osgood et al., 1957)) and also
by the color test of attitudes (CTA) (Etkind, 1980)
before and after the treatment.
The analysis of the CTA results revealed that
after KPT there occurred significant positive changes
in the nonverbal emotional attitude to a
psychotherapist, close relatives, to the ideal image of
self, and to the image "Me sober," At the same time,
the attitude to the image "Me drunk" became more
negative. According to the PD data, significant
positive changes occurred after KPT only in respect
to the attitude toward the person himself (Krupitsky,
1992).
After KPT there occurred a considerable decrease
in differences between certain indicies of the CTA and
that of PD in respect to the same images. This
decrease was evidenced by the reduction of the
difference between the verbal (realized) and nonverbal
(unrealized) assessments of personal attitudes. Such
reduction was mainly related to the change in the
CTA indices and appeared to be the strongest for the
sphere of attitudes to a psychotherapist, relatives, the
image "Me sober," and the ideal image of self.
Thus, KPT produced considerable and
significant positive changes in the domain of
personality attitudes, which took place due to the
transformation of nonverbal (unrealized) emotional
attitudes. KPT resulted in a decreased level of
dissonance between isosemantic indices as measured
by CTA and PD which could be interpreted as a
reduction of dissonance between verbal/conscious and
non-verbal/unconscious thoughts and feelings
regarding alcohol use and personality characteristics
and relationships.
A study with repertory grids (Kelly matrixes)
Ten alcoholic patients were tested with verbal
and special nonverbal (color) repertory grids before
KPT and after it. Then we calculated the mean
verbal repertory grid (MVRG) and mean color
(nonverbal) repertory grid (MCRG) for all 10 patients
together. Four MVRG and MCRG (2 before KPT
and 2 after KPT) were processed by the standard
programs of repertory grid computer-assisted analysis
(Fransella and Bannister, 1977), and then semantic
spaces of the personality were built (Fig. 1 and 2).
The semantic space of the personality (built on the
basis of multidimentional assessments of elements
with constructs) shows semantic interrelationships
and interconnections between elements and/or
constructs of the repertory grid.
57
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
(A) Before KPT
(A) Before KPT
ideal image of self
father
me now
me in the future
me in the future
psychotherapist
wife
recovering alcoholic
me in the past
mother
ideal image of self
me now
recovering alcoholic
me in the past
drunkard
wife
psychotherapist
drunkard
mother
father
a man who
gets on in life
a man who
gets on in life
(B) After KPT
(B) After KPT
me in the future
psychotherapist
me in the past
drunkard
wife
me in the future
ideal image
of self
me now
a man who
gets on in life
psychotherapist
ideal image
of self
recovering alcoholic
wife
mother
drunkard
father
father
me now
a man who
gets on in life
mother
me in the past
recovering alcoholic
Figure 1.
Semantic space of the mean color
repertory grid of alcoholic patients
Figure 2. Semantic space of the mean verbal
repertory grid of alcoholic patients
The results of this study have demonstrated
some positive changes in the semantic space of the
personality of alcoholic patients, particularly in the
space of personality characteristics of the color
repertory grids. The image "Me now" was close to
the image "Drunkard" and far from the group of such
positive images as "Recovery alcoholic," "Ideal
image of self," "Wife," "A man who gets on in life,"
and others in the semantic space of the MCRG before
KPT (Fig.1A). After KPT the image "Me now"
became close to the group of positive images
described above and far from the image "Drunkard" in
the space of MCRG (Fig.1B). At the same time the
image "Drunkard" became closer to the image "Me in
the past." These data indicate that alcoholic patients
emotionally perceived (identified) themselves as
drunkards before KPT. After KPT their emotional
perception of themselves had been changed: they
emotionally identified themselves with "recovery
alcoholic" and other positive images in the semantic
space of personality characteristics and value
orientations, and identified themselves as drunkards
only in the past.
The changes in the verbal repertory grids were
not so significant as in the color repertory grids
(Fig.2A and 2B). The image "Drunkard" only
became a little bit more distant from the group of
positive images and closer to the image "Me in the
past." It is interesting to note that patients already
identified themselves with positive images at the
level of verbal self-identification in the semantic space
of personality characteristics and value orientations
before KPT, whereas they identified themselves in the
same way at the level of nonverbal (unaware, mostly
emotional) perception only after KPT. This can be
interpreted to mean, first of all, that KPT creates a
profound nonverbal association with the sobriety selfconcept, and second, that KPT brings about the
attainment of similarity (resemblance) of verbal
(realized) and nonverbal (unaware) perception by the
patients of their individual self and the world.
These data show that KPT positively
transformed primarily the nonverbal (unaware, mainly
emotional) perception by alcoholic patients of their
individual self. Thus, it is possible to conclude that
KPT positively transformed mostly the emotional
self-identification (self-concept) of alcoholic patients.
Content Analysis Data
We also carried out content-analysis of
psychedelic experiences written down by our patients
after their KPT sessions. It is of interest to note that
a content analysis from the written self-reports of 108
male alcoholic patients
whose
personality
58
Krupitsky and Grinenko, Ketamine therapy in alcoholism
characteristics were defined by the MMPI
demonstrated a number of statistically reliable
correlations between some MMPI scales and the
content of the psychedelic experience described in
self-reports. Thus, one may conclude that the
ketamine psychedelic experiences are to a certain
extent determined by the personality characteristics of
patients.
In addition we also have demonstrated the
relationship (statistically reliable correlations)
between the content of the ketamine session
experiences and the MMPI profile changes caused by
KPT. That is, the content of the ketamine session
experiences to a certain extent determines the
personality changes caused by KPT.
which considers alcoholism as an "existential
neurosis," as a consequence of losing the meaning of
life and the appearance of a specific "existential void"
(Frankl, 1978), which KPT we believe is able to fill,
at least to some extent.
Effect on Spirituality
We have studied the influence of a profound
mystical (transformative) experience during KPT on
the level of spiritual development of the alcoholic
patients in this study. For the assessment of changes
of spirituality we used our own special Spirituality
Scale based on a combination of the Spirituality SelfAssessment Scale developed by Charles Whitfield,
who studied the importance of spirituality in
alcoholism therapy in Alcoholic Anonymous
(Whitfield, 1984), and the Life Changes Inventory
developed by Ken Ring to estimate the changes of
values and purposes of life produced by near-death
experiences (Ring, 1984). It was demonstrated by
our Spirituality Scale that the increase in the level of
spiritual development of our alcoholic patients due to
KPT was comparable to the increase induced in
healthy volunteers by a special course of meditation
and was much greater than the changes in spiritual
development induced in alcoholics by a training
program of relaxation techniques and self hypnosis
(autogenic training). It is evident that the increased
spiritual development induced by KPT in alcoholic
patients is very auspicious for sobriety. Moreover,
the results of the study of KPT's influence on
spirituality demonstrate that KPT is much more than
simply the creation of an attitude in alcoholic patients
toward a sober life. These results show that KPT
brings about profound positive changes in life values
and purposes, in attitudes toward the different aspects
of life and death, and, in turn, in the alcoholic's world
view. Many reports suggest religious or spiritual
conversion as an important factor in "spontaneous"
recovery from drug abuse, and Alcoholic Anonymous
programs have a distinct spiritual/religious
orientation (Whitfield, 1984; Corrington, 1989; Grof,
1990). A therapy that enhances the likelihood for a
conversion type experience therefore might have
utility in the treatment of substance abuse.
Psychedelic drug-assisted psychotherapy may
represent one method to elicit religious spiritual
experience in patients with chemical dependence.
Thus, KPT brings about positive changes in
personality characteristics, nonverbal emotional
attitudes and self-concept, positive transformation of
value orientations and grasping the meaning of life,
and also spiritual growth. All these psychological
changes favor a sober life.
Effect on Life Values
Thirty patients assessed with the LCS were also
examined with the Questionnaire of Terminal Life
Values ( QTLV ) developed by Senin (1991) and
based on Rokeach's approach to human values and
beliefs (Rokeach, 1972, 1973).
Patients were
examined with QTLV twice: before and after KPT.
This study has demonstrated a number of
significant positive changes in patient's values as a
result of KPT. KPT enhanced the importance of such
life values as creativity, self-perfection, spiritual
contentment, social recognition, achievement of life
purposes and individual independence.
These
changes were mostly expressed in such areas of life
values actualization as family, education and social
life. It is evident that such a positive transformation
of a patient's life values system brings about enhanced
motivation for a sober life and favors sobriety.
Effect on grasping the meaning of life (purposes
in life)
Ten alcoholic patients were studied before and
after KPT with the Purpose-in-Life Test (PLT)
elaborated by Crumbaugh (1968) and based on
Frankl's concept of man's aspiration for the meaning
of life. The PLT was adapted in Russia by Leontiev
(1992) in the Department of Psychology of the
Moscow State University.
This study has shown that KPT causes a
significant increase in the index of grasping the
meaning of life in alcoholic patients (from 89.7 ± 5.7
to 115.3 ± 3.2; p < 0.01). Before KPT, the index
was below the average normal level, but after KPT it
was greater. These changes mean that after KPT
patients were able to grasp better the meaning of their
lives, their life purposes, and perspectives. Their life
became more interesting, emotionally saturated, and
filled with meaning for them after KPT. They felt
themselves more able to live in accordance with their
concept of the meaning of life and life purposes as a
result of KPT. Such changes favor a sober life,
particularly from the standpoint of Frankl's approach
Underlying Biochemical Mechanisms
We also carried out biochemical investigations of
the underlying mechanisms of KPT. The results of
59
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
the biochemical investigations have shown that
during the ketamine session there occurred a real
decrease in the activity of MAO-A in blood serum
and MAO-B in blood platelets, and there also was an
increased dopamine level in blood. Plasma serotonin
and GABA concentrations were not altered
significantly. An increase of ceruloplasmin activity
was statistically significant and the (-endorphin level
increased during the KPT session (Krupitsky et al.,
1990).
Changes in neurotransmitter metabolism could
have some notable aspects. First, they allow some
speculations about the underlying neurochemical
mechanisms of the psychedelic action of ketamine
(Krupitsky et al., 1990). For example, an increase of
ceruloplasmin activity causes a corresponding
increase in the conversion of monoamines into
adrenochromes which have been speculated to possess
hallucinogenic activity. This would be particularly
true under conditions of inhibited MAO activity and
increased dopamine levels. It is of interest that such
conditions occur during the action of many
hallucinogens (Hamox, 1984; McKenney et al.,
1984).
Second, the fact that the pharmacological action
of KPT affected both monoaminergic and opioidergic
systems, i.e. those neurochemical brain systems that
are involved in the development (pathogenesis) of
alcohol dependence, is an important result of this
biochemical investigation. It is possible that these
changes are related to a certain extent to the efficiency
of this method.
alcoholic patients (Ivanov et al., 1995). Sixty-four
alcoholic patients with different personality disorders
(avoidant - 20 patients, histrionic - 21 patients, and
borderline - 23 patients) were treated with KPT.
Data from clinical (Bekhterev Psychoneurological
Research Institute rating scales) and psychological
(MMPI, Spielberger State-Trait Anxiety Scale, T.
Leary test of interpersonal relationships) studies
showed the differential efficacy of ketamine
psychedelic psychotherapy in the different groups of
patients. KPT proved to be very effective in patients
with avoidant personality disorders, less effective in
patients with histronic personality disorders and least
effective in patients with borderline personality
disorders. It should be noted that KPT positively
influenced on the personality characteristics assessed
by MMPI in all groups of alcoholic patients with
personality disorders.
The potential of ketamine-assisted psychedelic
therapy is not restricted to the treatment of addiction.
According to data from our pilot study (20 patients, 7
male and 13 female), ketamine-assisted psychedelic
therapy is also quite effective in treating neurotic
disorders. This research has demonstrated that the
efficacy of ketamine psychotherapy differed with
various forms of neuroses: psychedelic therapy proved
most effective in treating neurotic (reactive)
depression and post-traumatic stress disorders, and
least effective in treating obsessive-compulsive and
phobic neuroses. Hysterical neurosis appeared to be
most resistant to psychedelic therapy.
Underlying Neurophysiological Mechanisms
According to the data from computer-assisted
EEG analysis we discovered that ketamine increases
delta activity (a 1.5-2 fold increase) and particularly
theta activity (a 3-4 fold increase) in all regions of the
cortex. This is evidence of limbic system activation
during ketamine sessions, as well as evidence for the
reinforcement of the limbic-cortex interaction. This
fact can also be considered to a certain extent to be
indirect evidence for the strengthening of the
interactions between the conscious and subconscious
levels of the mind during the KPT.
Conclusion
We have been working with KPT since 1985
and have already treated more than 1000 alcoholic
patients with KPT without any complications such
as protracted psychoses, flashbacks, agitation, or
ketamine abuse. KPT appears to be a safe and
effective method for treatment of alcohol dependence.
It seems to be an especially powerful tool in Russia,
where there was no psychedelic revolution in the
1960s, where almost no one knows the meaning of
"psychedelic," or can even imagine that this drug
might be used for recreation, or for fun. In Russia,
therefore, KPT looks particularly unusual and
powerful.
Clinical observations
Our clinical observations suggest that KPT
might also be helpful for the treatment of dependence
on other drugs (e.g. heroin, ephedrone). Our method
involves the repeated injection of small doses of
ketamine, which allows for the maintenance of a
constant verbal relationship with the patient. We
believe that KPT might induce in some drug abusing
patients the same psychotherapeutic effects that we
have seen in alcoholics.
Ketamine psychedelic therapy proved to be
effective for the treatment of personality disorders in
References
Bazhin, E.F., Golynkina, E.A. and Etkind,
A.M. (1993). Locus of Control Questionnaire.
Smysl, Moscow (in Russian).
Bazhin, E.F. and Etkind, A.M. (1983). A
Manual for Personality Differential. Leningrad (in
Russian).
Corrington, J.E.
(1989) Spirituality and
recovery: relationships between levels of spirituality,
contentment and stress during recovery from
60
Krupitsky and Grinenko, Ketamine therapy in alcoholism
alcoholism in AA. Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly
6, 151-165.
Crumbaugh, J.S. (1968) Cross-validation of
Purpose-in-Life Test based on Frankl's concept. J.
Individual Psychology 24, 74-81.
Etkind, A.M. (1980) Color test of attitudes and
its use in the study of neurotic patients. In: SocialPsychological Studies in Psychoneurology (Bazhin,
E.F., ed.), pp.110-114.
Leningrad Research
Psychoneurological Inst., Leningrad (in Russian).
Frankl, V.
(1978) The unheared cry for
meaning. New York.
Fransella, F. and Bannister, D.
(1977) A
Manual for Repertory Grid Technique. Academic
Press, London, New York.
Grof, C. (1990) The impoverished
soul:
addiction as spiritual emergency.
Spiritual
Emergency Network. J. 2, 20-29.
Hamon, M. (1984) Common neurochemical
correlates to the action of hallucinogens.
In:
Hallucinogens: Neurochemical, Behavioral
and
Clinical Perspectives, Vol.4, pp.143-169. Raven
Press, New York.
Ivanov, V.B., Krupitsky, E.M., Romanova,
T.N., Dunaevsky, I.V. and Grinenko, A.Ya. (1995)
Ketamine psychedelic therapy of personality disorders
in alcoholic patients.
In: Abstract Book, 3rd
International Conference "AIDS, Cancer and Related
Problems", p. 45. St. Petersburg.
Krupitsky, E.M. (1992) Ketamine psychedelic
therapy (KPT) of alcoholism and neurosis.
Multidisciplinary Association for Psychedelic Studies
Newsletter 3, 24-28.
Krupitsky,
E.M.,
Grinenko,
A.Ya.,
Karandashova, G.F., Berkaliev, T.N., Moshkov,
K.A. and Borodkin, Yu.S. (1990) Metabolism of
biogenic
amines
induced
by
alcoholism
narcopsychotherapy with ketamine administration.
Biogenic Amines 7, 577-582.
Leontiev, D.A. (1992) Test of the meaning of
life orientations. Smisl, Moscow (in Russian).
McKenney, T.D., Towers, G.H.W. and Abbots,
T.S. (1984) Monoamine oxidase inhibitors in South
American hallucinogenic plants. Part 2: Constituents
of orally-active Myristicaceous hallucinogens. J.
Ethnopharmacol. 12, 179-211.
Osgood, Ch., Susi, C.J. and Tannenbaum, P.M.
(1957). The Measurement of Meaning. Urbana.
Phares, E.J. (1976) Locus of Control in
Personality. New York.
Ring, K. (1984) Heading Toward OMEGA.
William Morrow and Company, Inc., New York.
Rokeach, M. (1972) Beliefs, Attitudes and
Values. Josey-Bass Co., San Francisco.
Rokeach, M. (1973) The Nature of Human
Values. Free Press, New York.
Senin, I.G. (1991) Questionnaire of Terminal
Life Values. Yaroslavl (in Russian).
Sobchik, L.N. (1990) Standardized Multiphasic
Method of the Research of Personality, Moscow (in
Russian).
Whitfield, C.L. (1984) Stress management and
spirituality during recovery: a transpersonal approach.
Part 1: Becoming. Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly
1, 3-54.
61
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
9. New Views of Timeless Experiences: Contemporary Research on the Nature and
Significance of Transpersonal Experiences
Roger Walsh, M.D., Ph.D.
If there is one thing that is clear about
psychedelics it is that they can unleash an awesome
variety of experiences. Some of the most powerful, as
well as the most profound and transformative are also
some of the most controversial: specifically
transpersonal experiences in which the self-sense
expands beyond (trans) the personal or personality to
encompass wider aspects of humankind, life, the
world and the universe.
Some of these echo experiences that have long
been the goal of the world’s great spiritualcontemplative traditions and in certain cases appear
phenomenologically indistinguishable from full
blown mystical experiences, as Walter Pahnke
demonstrated in his famous Harvard chapel Good
Friday study. Some researchers, e.g. Zaehner, have
argued that drug induced experiences could not
possibly be the same as those that contemplatives
labor for decades before tasting.
However the
religious scholar Huston Smith (1964/1993) seems to
have demolished this claim in his classic paper “Do
drugs have religious import?” and theoretical
arguments for their identity have also been advanced
(Stace, 1987; Walsh, 1991).
Yet even if some psychedelic experiences are
phenomenologically indistinguishable from classic
contemplative and mystical experiences this is
certainly not enough to establish their significance
and value in the eyes of many contemporary
academicians and mental health professionals. For to
many such people religious experiences themselves
are suspect and may even be taken as evidence of
psychopathology. Such views reflect both the history
of psychiatry and much of the modern and
postmodern cultural zeitgeist. Yet it is increasingly
clear that such pathologizing interpretations are no
longer tenable in the light of recent research. The
aim of this article is therefore to trace the evolution of
our understanding and to make clear that observations
of the power and potential benefits of transpersonal
experiences, whether psychedelically or contemplatively induced, are fully consistent with contemporary research and theory.
The Evolution of Our Understanding
In psychiatry, it was Freud who set the original
tone. The title of his book The Future of an Illusion
left little doubt about his views on the nature of
religion. He regarded it as a developmental relic to
be outgrown and mystical experiences as severely
regressive. Nor were Western religions the only ones
to be dismissed. In a well known text The History
of Psychiatry, Alexander & Selesnick (1966) pointed
to “the obvious similarities between schizophrenic
regressions and the practices of yoga and Zen.”
Of course such views were understandable, given
that mental health practitioners were seeing disturbed
individuals whose relationships to, and use of,
religion were often also correspondingly disturbed.
Moreover, this dismissive trend also reflected a
larger, centuries-long trend in Western culture.
Beginning with the age of enlightenment, the rise of
science had performed the healthy and much needed
function of freeing European civilization from the
stifling grip of the church’s dogmatic control.
Within a mere evolutionary blink of the eye the
dominant arbiters of reality shifted from church and
clergy to science and scientists.
The peak--or nadir, depending on your
perspective--of this shift was symbolized by Auguste
Comte, founder of positivism. To satisfy the needs
of the unsophisticated masses, Comte proposed a new
church complete with scientists as saints. Comte
modestly allowed that he would be willing to serve
as pope; but alas, he became increasingly grandiose
and died deranged. Yet Comte notwithstanding,
science continued to pour forth its marvels and the
human vision of the universe expanded from leagues
to light years, and from countries to the cosmos.
Yet in other ways the human vision of the
universe and of ourselves was curiously diminished.
Whereas the scope of the known universe kept
expanding, its meaning and significance kept
contracting. Comforted by the great religious myths,
humans had once felt themselves to be children of
God, at home in a coherent, divinely ordered world
designed expressly for their wellbeing. Now they
saw themselves as meaningless blobs of protoplasm,
adrift on an uncaring speck of dust in a remote
unchartered corner of one of uncountable billions of
galaxies. Human beings were increasingly demoted
to mere sophisticated machines: the “stimulusresponse machines” of behaviorists, the “wet
62
Walsh, Timeless Experiences
computers” of artificial intelligence, or for
evolutionary biologists “a pecularily baroque
example of the lengths to which nuclear acid is
prepared to go to copy itself” (Chedd, 1973).
Of course mind and transcendental experiences
were similarly deflated. Mind came to be regarded as
merely “an epiphenomenon of the neuronal
machinery of the brain” and transcendental
experiences were dismissed as the disordered fireworks of that machinery. Francis Crick, discoverer of
the nature of DNA, epitomized this view with his
suggestion that belief in the existence of God might
be due to mischievous mutant molecules that he
named “theotoxins.”
Consequently, all meaning, purpose and values-no matter how venerated or venerable -- suddenly
seemed groundless. The net result was what Lewis
Mumford described as “a disqualified universe,” and
what the sociologist, Max Weber, called “the
disenchantment of the world.” This disenchanted
world was now reduced, as the Nobel Laureate
philosopher of science Alfred North Whitehead (1967)
lamented, to merely
“a dull affair, soundless,
scentless, colorless; merely the hurrying of material,
endlessly, meaninglessly.”
And yet, as Whitehead pointed out “this
position on the part of the scientist was pure bluff.”
Scientists had made the understandable but disastrous
mistake of sliding from science into scientism; from
believing that science was a superb way of gaining
some information about some things to believing it
was the best or only way of obtaining information
about all things; from saying that what science can’t
observe it can’t observe to saying that what science
can’t observe doesn’t exist (Wilber, 1983).
Contemporary Understandings
Yet as with so many things, the times are
changing, and with them our views of science,
religion and transpersonal experiences. It is now
increasingly clear that the reductionistic dismissal of
religion by science and its pathologization by
psychiatry are largely based on unsophisticated views
of science, religion and transpersonal experiences.
While there is much in religion that is problematic
there is also much that is beneficial.
Science is only one way of obtaining valid
information. For a comprehensive view of ourselves
and the world, it needs to be complimented by
experiential, interpretive (hermeneutical), and
introspective modes of knowing. In addition, a
materialistic, reductionistic, disqualified worldview of
nature and humans--so long assumed to follow
naturally and necessarily from science--is only one of
many possible views.
It is now clear that the terms religion and
spirituality can refer to so many different behaviors,
values and institutions that understanding them and
their psychological significance requires bringing
order into this semantic chaos. One useful approach
is to look at religion and spirituality from a
developmental life-span perspective.
Researchers increasingly divide development into
three major phases: preconventional, conventional
and transconventional; or prepersonal, personal, and
transpersonal. Whether it is the development of
cognition, morality, faith, motivation or a self-sense,
it is clear that we enter the world unsocialized (at a
preconventional stage) and are gradually acculturated
into a conventional worldview and modus operandi.
A
few individuals
develop
further
into
postconventional stages of post-formal operational
cognition (see, for example, the work of Flavell and
Arieti), transconventional morality
(Lawrence
Kohlberg), universalizing faith (James Fowler), selfactualizing and self-transcending motives (Abraham
Maslow), and a transpersonal self-sense (Ken Wilber).
These diverse studies have been synthesized into a
remarkably comprehensive theory of transpersonal
development by Ken Wilber (1981, 1986).
What is crucial for a contemporary psychological
understanding of religion is the recognition that
religious belief, behavior and experience can occur at
any stage --preconventional, conventional or postconventional-- and can vary dramatically in form,
function and value according to the stage. There is
no question that religion can be tragically misused in
the service of, for example, egocentricity, bias and
fanaticism. But the great mistake of many scientists
and mental health practitioners who dismissed
religion wholesale was to mistake parts of
preconventional or conventional religion for all of
religion; to equate dogmatic mythical or magical
thinking with all religious thinking; to fixate on
religion as a defensive maneuver and overlook
religion as a developmental catalyst; to conflate
preconventional regression with transconventional
progression; and to confuse the schizophrenic’s
prepersonal loss of ego boundaries with the mystic’s
transpersonal recognition of the unity of existence.
The net effect is what is now known as “the
pre/trans fallacy”: the confusion and conflation of
preconventional/prepersonal religious developmental
stages with transconventional/transpersonal stages.
Henceforth we will need to be far more precise in
identifying the function and developmental level of
religious behavior, belief and experience.
Fortunately, relevant research on religion,
spirituality and transpersonal experiences is expanding dramatically and includes some of the following
helpful background findings.
Growing numbers of contemporary psychoanalytic thinkers are forging new psychoanalytic perspectives of religion and no longer see psychoanalysis and
authentic spirituality as incompatible. People who
have transpersonal or mystical experiences, far from
63
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
being necessarily pathological, score above average
on multiple measures of well-being.
Several hundred studies of meditation confirm
that, in addition to inducing the transpersonal
experiences that are its goal, it can produce wideranging psychological, physiological and biochemical
effects and therapeutic benefits. Intriguing findings
include evidence for enhanced creativity, perceptual
sensitivity, empathy, marital satisfaction, lucid
dreaming, sense of self-control, and self-actualization.
Developmentally, several studies suggest it may
foster maturation on scales of ego, moral and
cognitive development. Clinical research suggests
that it can be therapeutic for several psychological and
psychosomatic disorders including anxiety, phobias,
posttraumatic stress, insomnia, drug abuse, chronic
pain and mild depression (West, 1987; Walsh &
Vaughan, 1993).
Near-death experiences can be profound
transpersonal experiences and whatever their precise
nature may finally turn out to be, are far from being
signs of severe pathology as was once widely
assumed. Rather they seem to be followed by
surprisingly large, long lasting and beneficial
psychological changes, especially associated with
decreased concern with materialism and increased
interest in love and learning.
In the new psychiatric diagnostic manual, DSMIV, a new category for religious or spiritual problems
refers to religiously based difficulties that do not
reflect pathology. This new code is an important
step in institutionalizing the recognition that
religious interests, concerns and experiences are not
synonymous with pathology.
Together, these findings make abundantly clear
that transpersonal experiences are far from being
synonymous with pathology. Rather, they can be
surprisingly beneficial and transformative and are
most likely to occur in people of exceptional
psychological health and maturity. These facts, plus
their remarkable frequency and power in psychedelic
sessions, suggest that they deserve to be a focus of
further psychedelic research.
Stace, W. (1987) Mysticism and Philosophy. Los
Angeles: J. Tarcher.
Walsh, R. (1990) The Spirit of Shamanism. Los
Angeles: J. Tarcher.
Walsh, R., Vaughan F., eds. (1993) Paths Beyond
Ego.. Los Angeles: J.P. Tarcher.
West, M, ed. (1987) The Psychology of Meditation.
Oxford:Clarenden Press
Whitehead, A. (1967) Science and the Modern
World. New York: Macmillan.
Wilber, K. (1980) The Atman Project. Wheaton,
IL:Quest.
Wilber, K. (1983) Eye to Eye: The Quest for the
New Paradigm. Garden City: Anchor/Doubleday.
Wilber, K., Engler, J., Brown, D., eds. (1986)
Transformations of Consciousness: Conventional
and
Contemplative
Perspectives
on
Development. Boston: New Science Library/
Shambhala.
References
Alexander, F., Selesnich S. (1973) The History of
Psychiatry. New York: New American Library.
Chedd, G. (1973) New Scientist. 58:606-608.
Freud, S.
(Trans. W.D. Robson-Scott).
(1928/1955) The Future of an Illusion. New
York: H. Liveright Publishing Corporation.
Smith, H. (1964) Do drugs have religious import?
(1993) The Journal of Philosophy, LXI, 517530. Reprinted in R. Walsh & F. Vaughan eds.
Paths Beyond Ego: The Transpersonal Vision.
Los Angeles: J. Tarcher, pp 91-93.
64
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
10. The Scientific Investigation of Ayahuasca: A Review of Past and Current Research
Dennis J. McKenna,1 Ph.D., J. C. Callaway, Ph.D.,2 and Charles S. Grob. M.D.3
Introduction
Of the numerous plant hallucinogens utilized by
indigenous populations of the Amazon Basin,
perhaps none is as interesting or complex,
botanically, chemically, or ethnographically, as the
hallucinogenic beverage known variously as
ayahuasca , caapi, or yage. The beverage is most
widely known as ayahuasca, a Quechua term
meaning "vine of the souls," which is applied both to
the beverage itself and to one of the source-plants
used in its preparation, the Malpighiaceous jungle
liana, Banisteriopsis caapi (Schultes, 1957). In
Brazil, transliteration of this Quechua word into
Portuguese results in the name, Hoasca. Hoasca, or
ayahuasca, occupies a central position in Mestizo
ethnomedicine, and the chemical nature of its active
constituents and the manner of its use makes its
study relevant to contemporary issues in
neuropharmacology,
neurophysiology,
and
psychiatry.
Traditional and Indigenous Uses of Ayahuasca
The use of ayahuasca under a variety of names
is a widespread practice among various indigenous
aboriginal tribes endemic to the Amazon Basin
(Schultes, 1957). Such practices undoubtedly were
well established in pre-Columbian times, and in fact
may have been known to the earliest human
inhabitants of the region. Iconographic depictions on
ceramics and other artifacts from Ecuador have
provided evidence that the practice dates to at least
2000 B.C. (Naranjo, 1986).
Its widespread
distribution among numerous Amazonian tribes also
argues for its relative antiquity.
Considerable genetic intermingling and adoption
of local customs followed in the wake of European
contact, and ayahuasca, along with a virtual
pharmacopoeia of other medicinal plants, gradually
became integrated into the ethnomedical traditions of
these mixed populations. Today the drug forms an
important element of ethnomedicine and shamanism
as it is practiced among indigenous Mestizo
populations in Peru, Colombia, and Ecuador. The
sociology and ethnography of the contemporary use of
ayahuasca (as it is most commonly termed) in
Mestizo ethnomedicine has been extensively
described (Dobkin de Rios, 1972, 1973; Luna, 1984,
1986)
Syncretic Religious Use of Ayahuasca
From the perspective of the sociologist or the
ethnographer, discussion of the use of ayahuasca or
1
ayahuasca can conveniently be divided into a
consideration of its use among indigenous aboriginal
and mestizo populations, and its more recent
adoption by contemporary syncretic religious
movements such as the União do Vegetal (UDV),
Barquena, and Santo Daime sects in Brazil. It is
within the context of acculturated groups such as
these that questions regarding the psychological,
medical, and legal aspects of the use of ayahuasca
become most relevant, and also, most accessible to
study.
The use of ayahuasca in the context of mestizo
folk medicine closely resembles the shamanic uses of
the drug as practiced among aboriginal peoples. In
both instances, the brew is used for curing, for
divination, as a diagnostic tool and a magical
pipeline to the supernatural realm. This traditional
mode of use contrasts from the contemporary use of
ayahuasca tea within the context of Brazilian
syncretic religious movements. Within these cults,
the members consume ayahuasca tea at regular
intervals in group rituals in a manner that more
closely resembles the Christian Eucharist than the
traditional aboriginal use. The individual groups of
the UDV, termed nucleos, are similar to a Christian
Hutterite sect, in that each group has a limited
membership, which then splits to form a new group
once the membership expands beyond the set limit.
The nucleo consists of the congregation, a group
leader or mestre, various acolytes undergoing a course
of study and training in order to become mestres, and
a temple, an actual physical structure where the
sacrament is prepared and consumed at prescribed
times, usually the first and third Saturday of each
month. The membership of these newer syncretic
groups spans a broad socio-economic range and
includes many educated, middle-class, urban
professionals (including a number of physicians and
other health professionals). Some older members
have engaged in the practice for 30 or more years
without apparent adverse health effects. The UDV and
the Santo Daime sects are the largest and most
visible of several syncretic religious movements in
Brazil that have incorporated the use of ayahuasca
into their ritual practices. Of the two larger sects, it
is the UDV that possesses the strongest
organizational structure as well as the most highly
disciplined membership.
Of all the ayahuasca
churches in Brazil, the UDV has also been the most
pivotal in convincing the government to remove
ayahuasca from its list of banned drugs. In 1987, the
government of Brazil approved the ritual use of
Heffter Research Institute, Santa Fe, NM
Department of Pharmaceutical Chemistry, University of Kuopio, Finland
3
Heffter Research Institute, Santa Fe, NM, and Department of Psychiatry, Harbor/UCLA Medical Center
Torrance, CA
65
2
McKenna et al., Investigation of ayahuasca
hoasca tea in the context of group religious
interactions of such agents with serotonergic agonists
ceremonies. This ruling has potentially significant
and MAO inhibitors are essentially unknown in
implications, not only for Brazil, but for global drug
modern medicine.
policy, as it marks the first time in over 1600 years
that a government has granted permission to its non2. Chemistry of Ayahuasca and its source plants
indigenous citizens to use a psychedelic in the
The chemical constituents of ayahuasca and the
context of religious practices.
source-plants used in its preparation have been well
characterized (McKenna, et al., 1984; Rivier &
Botanical, Chemical, and Pharmacological
Lindgren, 1972). Banisteriopsis caapi contains the
Aspects of Ayahuasca
ß-carboline derivatives harmine, tetrahydroharmine,
Ayahuasca is unique in that its pharmacological
and harmaline as the major alkaloids (Callaway, et
activity is dependent on a synergistic interaction
al., 1996). Trace amounts of other ß-carbolines have
between the active alkaloids in the plants. One of the
also been reported (McKenna, et al., 1984; Rivier &
components, the bark of Banisteriopsis caapi,
Lindgren, 1972; Hashimoto and Kawanishi, 1975,
contains ß-carboline alkaloids, which are potent
1976) as well as the pyrrolidine alkaloids shihunine
MAO-A inhibitors; the other component, the leaves
and dihydroshihunine (Kawanishi et al. 1982). The
of Psychotria viridis or related species, contains the
admixture plant, Psychotria viridis, contains a single
potent short-acting psychoactive agent N,Nmajor alkaloid, N,N-dimethyltryptamine (DMT),
dimethyltryptamine (DMT). DMT is not orally
while N-methyl tryptamine and methyl-tetrahydro-ßactive when ingested by itself, but can be rendered
carboline have been reported as trace constituents
orally active in the presence of a peripheral MAO
(McKenna, et al., 1984; Rivier & Lindgren, 1972).
inhibitor - and this interaction is the basis of the
The admixture plant Psychotria carthagenensis has
psychotropic action of ayahuasca tea (McKenna,
been reported to contain the same alkaloids (Rivier &
Towers, & Abbott, 1984).
Lindgren, 1972) but a subsequent investigation could
not confirm the presence of DMT in the single
collection examined (McKenna, et al., 1984). The
1. Botanical sources of ayahuasca
concentrations of alkaloids reported in Banisteriopsis
In a traditional context, Ayahuasca is a beverage
caapi range from 0.05 % dry weight to 1.95 % dry
prepared by boiling - or soaking - the bark and stems
weight; in Psychotria, the concentration of alkaloids
of Banisteriopsis caapi together with various
ranged from 0.1 to 0.66 % dry weight (McKenna, et
admixture plants. The admixture employed most
al., 1984; Rivier & Lindgren, 1972). Similar ranges
commonly is the Rubiaceous genus Psychotria,
and values were reported by both groups of
(Rubiaceae), particularly P. viridis. The leaves of P.
investigators.
viridis contains alkaloids which are necessary for the
The concentrations of alkaloids in the ayahuasca
psychoactive effect (see the sections on chemistry and
beverages
are, not surprisingly, several times greater
pharmacology, below).
There are also reports
than
in
the
source plants from which they are
(Schultes, 1972) that other Psychotria species,
prepared.
Based
on a quantitative analysis of the
especially P. leiocarpa or P. carthaginensis, are used
major alkaloids in several samples of ayahuasca
instead of P. viridis, but such reports may be due to a
collected on the upper Rio Purús, Rivier & Lindgren
botanical misidentification; in any case, use of
(1972) calculated that a 200 ml dose of ayahuasca
Psychotria species other than P. viridis is rare. In
contained an average of 30 mg of harmine, 10 mg
the Northwest Amazon, particularly in the
tetrahydroharmine, and 25 mg DMT. Callaway, et
Colombian Putumayo and Ecuador, the leaves of
al., determined the following concentrations of
Diplopterys cabrerana, a jungle liana in the same
alkaloids in the hoasca tea utilized in the biomedical
family as Banisteriopsis, are added to the brew in
study with the UDV (mg/ml): DMT, 0.24; THH,
lieu of the leaves of Psychotria. The alkaloid present
1.07; harmaline, 0.20; and harmine 1.70. A typical
in Diplopterys, however, is identical to that in the
100 ml dose of hoasca thus contains in mg: DMT,
Psychotria admixtures, and pharmacologically, the
24; THH, 107; harmaline, 20; harmine, 170.
effect is the same. In Peru, various admixtures in
Interestingly, these concentrations are above the
addition to Psychotria or Dipolopterys are frequently
threshold of activity for i.v. administration of DMT
added, depending on the magical, medical, or
(Strassman & Qualls, 1994).
religious purposes for which the drug is being
McKenna et al. (1984) reported somewhat higher
consumed. Although a virtual pharmacopoeia of
values
for the alkaloid content of several samples of
admixtures are occasionally added, the most
Peruvian ayahausca. These investigators calculated
commonly employed admixtures (other than
that a 100 ml dose of these preparations contained a
Psychotria, which is a constant component of the
total of 728 mg total alkaloid, of which 467 mg is
preparation) are various Solanaceous genera,
harmine, 160 mg is tetrahydroharmine, 41 mg is
including tobacco (Nicotiana sp.), Brugmansia sp.,
harmaline, and 60 mg is DMT. This is well within
and Brunfelsia sp. (Schultes, 1972; McKenna, et al.,
the range of activity for DMT administered i.m.
1995). These Solanaceous genera are known to
(Szara, 1956) or i.v. (Strassman & Qualls, 1994) and
contain alkaloids, such as nicotine, scopalamine, and
is also well within the range for harmine to act
atropine, which effect both central and peripheral
effectively as a monoamine oxidase inhibitor (MAOI).
adrenergic and cholinergic neurotransmission. The
66
In vitro, these ß-carbolines function as MAOI at
approximately 10 nM (e.g., harmine's IC50 for MAOI
is ~1.25 x 10-8 M; cf. McKenna, et al., 1984;
Buckholtz & Boggan, 1977). In mice, harmaline
administered i.p. at 5 mg/kg causes 100% inhibition
by 2 hours post-injection, the activity falling off
rapidly thereafter (Udenfriend et al. 1958) This dose
corresponds to approximately 375 mg in a 75 kg
adult, but, based on the measured concentration of
harmine in the liver, it is likely that one half this
dose or less would also be effective. The reasons for
the discrepancy in alkaloid concentrations between
the samples examined by Rivier & Lindgren (1972)
and those examined by McKenna, et al. (1984) are
readily explained by the differences in the methods of
preparation. The method employed in preparing
ayahuasca in Pucallpa, Peru, where the samples
analyzed by McKenna et al. (1984) were collected,
results in a much more concentrated brew than the
method employed on the upper Rio Purús, the region
which was the source of the samples examined by
Rivier & Lindgren. The concentrations and proportions of alkaloids can vary significantly in different
batches of ayahuasca, depending on the method of
preparation, as well as the amounts and proportions
of the source-plants.
The notion that the ß-carbolines, by themselves,
are hallucinogenic and thus contribute to the overall
hallucinogenic activity of the ayahuasca beverage, was
based on flawed earlier research (Naranjo, 1967) and
has been discredited (Callaway, et al., 1997). As
MAO inhibitors, ß-carbolines can increase brain
levels of serotonin, and the primarily sedative effects
of high doses of ß-carbolines are thought to result
from their blockade of serotonin deamination. The
primary action of ß-carbolines in the ayahuasca
beverage is their inhibition of peripheral MAO-A,
which protects the DMT in the brew from peripheral
degradation and thus renders it orally active. There
is some evidence, however, that tetrahydroharmine
(THH), the second most abundant ß-carboline in the
beverage, acts as a weak 5-HT uptake inhibitor and
MAOI. Thus, THH may prolong the half-life of
DMT by blocking its intraneuronal uptake, and
hence, its inactivation by MAO, localized in
mitochondria within the neuron. On the other hand,
THH may block serotonin uptake into the neuron,
resulting in higher levels of 5HT in the synaptic cleft;
this 5-HT, in turn, may attenuate the subjective
effects of orally ingested DMT by competing with it
at post-synaptic receptor sites (Callaway, et al.,
1997).
3. Pharmacological actions of Ayahuasca and its
Active Alkaloids
The hallucinogenic activity of ayahuascais a
function of the peripheral inactivation of MAO by the
ß-carboline alkaloids in the mixture. This action
prevents the peripheral oxidative deamination of the
DMT, which is the primary hallucinogenic
component, rendering it orally active and enabling it
to reach its site of action in the CNS in an intact
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
form. (McKenna, et al 1984; Schultes, 1972). DMT
alone is inactive following oral administration at
doses up to 1000 mg (Shulgin, 1982; Nichols, et al.
1991). DMT is active by itself following parenteral
administration starting at around 25 mg (Szara, 1956;
Strassman & Qualls, 1994). Because of its oral
inactivity,
various
methods
of
parenteral
administration are employed by users. For example,
synthetic DMT is commonly smoked as the free
base; in this form, the alkaloid volatilizes readily and
produces an immediate, intense psychedelic episode
of short duration (5 -15 min), usually characterized by
multicolored, rapidly moving visual patterns behind
the closed eyelids (Stafford, 1977). The Yanomamo
Indians and other Amazonian tribes prepare a snuff
from the sap of various trees in the genus Virola,
which contain large amounts of DMT and the related
compound, 5-methoxy-DMT, which is also orally
inactive (McKenna, et al. 1985; Schultes and
Hofmann, 1980). The effects of the botanical snuffs
containing DMT, while not as intense as smoking
DMT free base, are similarly rapid in onset and of
limited duration [unpublished data]. The ayahuasca
beverage is unique in that it is the only traditionally
used psychedelic
where the enzyme-inhibiting
principles in one plant (ß-carbolines) are used to
facilitate the oral activity of the psychoactive
principles in another plant (DMT). The psychedelic
experience that follows ingestion of ayahuasca differs
markedly from the effects of parenterally ingested
DMT; the time of onset is approximately 35-40
minutes after ingestion, and the effects, which are less
intense than parenterally administered synthetic
DMT, last approximately four hours. The subjective
effects of ayahuasca include phosphene imagery seen
with the eyes closed, dream-like reveries, and a
feeling of alertness and stimulation. Peripheral autonomic changes in blood pressure, heart-rate, etc., are
also less pronounced in ayahuasca than parenteral
DMT. In some individuals, transient nausea and
episodes of vomiting occur, while others are rarely
affected in this respect. When ayahuasca is taken in
a group setting, vomiting is considered a normal part
of the experience and allowances are made to
accommodate this behavior (Callaway, et al., 1997).
The amounts of ß-carbolines present in a typical
dose of ayahuasca are well above the threshold for
activity as MAOI. It is likely that the main
contribution of the ß-carbolines to the acute effects of
ayahuasca results from their action as peripheral
MAO inhibitors, rendering DMT orally active. It is
worthy of note that ß-carbolines are highly selective
inhibitors of MAO-A, the form of the enzyme for
which serotonin, and presumably other tryptamines,
including DMT, are the preferred substrates
(Yasuhara, et al., 1972; Yasuhara, 1974). This
selectivity of ß-carbolines for MAO-A over MAO-B,
combined with their relatively low affinity for liver
MAO compared to brain MAO, may explain why
reports of hypertensive crises following the ingestion
of ayahuasca have not been documented. On the
other hand, Suzuki et al. (1981) has reported that
DMT is primarily oxidized by MAO-B; it is
67
McKenna et al., Investigation of ayahuasca
possible, therefore, that high concentrations of ßproduct of the oxidative metabolism of DMT in rat
carbolines, partially inhibit MAO-B as well as MAObrain homogenates (Barker, et al. 1980).
A; but the greater affinity of tyramine for MAO-B
ß-carbolines exert a variety of neurophysiological
enables it to compete for binding to the enzyme and
and biological effects (McKenna and Towers, 1984).
displace any residual ß-carbolines. This mechanism
ß-carboline derivatives are selective, reversible,
would explain the lack of any reports of peripheral
competitive inhibitors of MAO-A (Buckholtz and
autonomic stimulation associated with the ingestion
Boggan, 1976, 1977). Other neurophysiological
of ayahuasca in combination with foods containing
actions of ß-carbolines include competitive inhibition
tyramine (Callaway, et al., 1997).
of the uptake of 5-HT, dopamine, epinephrine, and
DMT and its derivatives and the ß-carboline
norepinephrine into synaptosomes (Buckholtz and
derivatives are widespread in the plant kingdom
Boggan, 1976; Pähkla, et al., 1997)), inhibition of
(Allen & Holmstedt, 1980) and both classes of
Na+ dependent membrane ATPases (Canessa, et al.
alkaloids have been detected as endogenous
1973), interference with biosynthesis of biogenic
metabolites in mammals, including man (Bloom, et
amines (Ho, 1977), and vasopressin-like effects on
al. 1982; Barker, et al. 1981a; Airaksinen & Kari,
sodium and water transport in isolated toad skin (de
1981).
Methyl transferases which catalyze the
Sousa and Gross, 1978). ß-carboline-3-carboxylate
synthesis of DMT, 5-methoxy-DMT, and bufotenine
and various esterified derivatives have been
have been characterized in human lung, brain, blood,
implicated as possible endogenous ligands for
cerebrospinal fluid, liver, and heart, and also in rabbit
benzodiazepine receptors (Lippke et al. 1983). ßlung, toad, mouse, steer, guinea pig, and baboon
carboline ligands of these receptors can induce
brains, as well as in other tissues in these species
epileptiform seizures in rats and in chickens
(McKenna & Towers, 1984).
Although the
homozygous for the epileptic gene (Morin, 1984,
occurrence, synthesis, and degradative metabolism of
Johnson, et al. 1984); this proconvulsant action can
DMT in mammalian systems has been the focus of
be blocked by other receptor ligands, including
recent scientific investigations (Barker, et al. 1981b).
diazepam and ß-carboline-carboxylate propyl ester
Endogenous psychotogens have been suggested as
(Morin, 1984, Johnson, et al. 1984).
possible etiological factors in schizophrenia and other
ß-carbolines also exhibit other biological
mental disorders, but the evidence remains equivocal
activities in addition to their effects on neuro(Fischman, 1983). The candidacy of DMT as a
physiological systems. For instance Hopp and copossible endogenous psychotogen essentially ended
workers found that harmine exhibited significant antiwhen experiments showed comparable levels in both
trypanosomal activity against Trypanosoma lewisii
schizophrenics and normals; at present the possible
(Hopp et al., 1976). This finding may explain the
neuroregulatory functions of this “psychotomimetic”
use of ayahuasca in mestizo ethnomedicine as a
compound are incompletely understood, but
prophylactic against malaria and internal parasites
Callaway (1988) has presented an interesting
(Rodriguez, et al. 1982). Certain ß-carbolines are
hypothesis regarding the possible role of endogenous
known to exert mutagenic or co-mutagenic effects,
DMT and ß-carbolines in regulating sleep cycles and
and the mechanism responsible may be related to
REM states.
their interactions with nucleic acids (Umezawa, et al.
ß-carbolines are tricyclic indole alkaloids that are
1978; Hayashi, et al. 1977). The ultra-violet acticlosely related to tryptamines, both biosynthetically
vated photocytotoxic and photogenotoxic activity of
and pharmacologically. They are readily synthesized
some ß-carbolines has also been reported (McKenna
by the condensation of indoleamines with aldehydes
& Towers 1981; Towers & Abramosky, 1983).
or alpha-keto acids, and their biosynthesis probably
also proceeds via similar reactions (Callaway et al.,
Recent Biomedical Investigations of Ayahuasca
1994). ß-carbolines have also been identified in
Although achieving some notoriety in North
mammalian tissue, including human plasma and
American literature through the popular press and the
platelets, and rat whole brain, forebrain, arcuate
writings of William Burroughs and Allan Ginsberg
nucleus, and adrenal glands (Airaksinen and Kari,
(Burroughs and Ginsberg, 1963), the psychological
1981). 6-methoxy-tetrahydro-ß-carboline has been
and physiological phenomena induced by ayahuasca
recently identified as a major constituent of human
have received little or no rigorous study. Various
pineal gland (Langer et al. 1984). This compound
travelers to the Amazon have reported their own first
inhibits the high-affinity binding of [3H]-imipramine
hand experiences with ayahuasca (Weil, 1980), while
to 5-HT receptors in human platelets (Langer et al.
both formal and informal ethnographic narratives have
1984), and also significantly inhibits 5-HT binding
excited the public imagination (Lamb, 1971; Luna
to type 1 receptors in rat brain; the compound has a
and Amaringo, 1991). Interest in the exotic origins
low affinity to type 2 receptors, however (Taylor et
and effects of ayahuasca have attracted a steady stream
al. 1984).
2-methyl-tetrahydro-ß-carboline and
of North American tourists, often enticed by articles
harman have been detected in human urine following
and advertisements in popular and New Age
ethanol loading, (Rommelspacher, et al., 1980) and it
magazines (Krajick, 1992; Ott, 1993). Concern over
has been suggested that endogenous ß-carbolines and
possible adverse health effects resulting from the use
other amine-aldehyde condensation products may be
of ayahuasca by such naive travelers has recently
related to the etiology of alcoholism (Rahwan, 1975).
been expressed by a noted authority on Mestizo
At least one ß-carboline has been identified as a by68
ayahuasca use (Dobkin de Rios, 1994).
These
concerns are in marked contrast to testimonials of
improved psychological and moral functioning by the
adherents of the syncretic ayahuasca churches in
Brazil.
The individuals who are attracted to the UDV
seem to belong to a slightly more professional socioeconomic class than those who join the Santo Daime.
Of the approximately 7000 members of the UDV in
Brazil, perhaps 5 - 10 % are medical professionals,
among them physicians, psychiatrists, psychologists,
chiropracters, and homeopathic physicians. Most of
these individuals are fully aware of the
psychologically beneficial aspects of the practice, and
evince a great interest in the scientific study of
hoasca, including its botany, chemistry, and
pharmacology. The medically educated members can
discuss all of these aspects with a sophistication
equal to that of any U.S.-trained physician, botanist,
or pharmacologist. At the same time they do have a
genuine spiritual reverence for the hoasca tea and the
experiences it evokes. The UDV places a high value
on the search for scientific truth, and sees no conflict
between science and religion; most members of the
UDV express a strong interest in learning as much as
possible about how the tea acts on the body and
brain. As a result of this unique circumstance, the
UDV presents an ideal context in which to conduct a
biomedical investigation of the acute and long-term
effects of hoasca. (In the parlance of the UDV, the tea
is sometimes called hoasca, which is a Portguese
transliteration of ayahuasca. The term as used here
applies specifically to the tea used within the UDV,
while ayahuasca is used to denote non-UDV sources
of the brew.)
Due to a fortunate combination of circumstances,
we were invited to conduct such a biomedical
investigation of long-term drinkers of hoasca by the
Medical Studies section of the UDV (Centro de
Estudos Medicos). This study, which was conducted
by an international consortium of scientists from
Brazil, the United States, and Finland, was financed
through private donations to various non-profit
sponsoring groups, notably Botanical Dimensions,
which provided major funding, the Heffter Research
Institute, and MAPS, (Multidisciplinary Association
for Psychedelic Studies). Botanical Dimensions is a
non-profit organization dedicated to the study and
preservation of ethnomedically significant plants, and
MAPS and the Heffter Research Institute are nonprofit organizations dedicated to the investigation of
the medical and therapeutic uses of psychedelic
agents. The field phase of the study was conducted
during the summer of 1993 at one of the oldest UDV
temples, the Nucleo Caupari located in the
Amazonian city of Manaus, Brazil.
Subsequent
laboratory investigations took place at the respective
academic institutions of some of the principle
investigators,
including
the Department of
Psychiatry, Harbor UCLA Medical Center, the
Department of Neurology, University of Miami
School of Medicine, the Department of Psychiatry,
University of Rio de Janeiro, Department of Internal
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
Medicine, University of Amazonas Medical School,
Manaus, and the Department of Pharmaceutical
Chemistry, University of Kuopio, Finland.
Since this study was the first of its kind, there
was virtually no pre-existing data on the objective
measurement of the physical and psychological effects
of ayahuasca in human subjects. As a result, this
study was in some respects a pilot study; its primary
objectives were modest, representing an effort to
collect a basic body of data, without attempting to
relate the findings to either possible detrimental
effects of ayahuasca, or to possible therapeutic effects.
The study had four major objectives:
• Assessment of Acute Psychological and
Physiological Effects of Hoasca in Human
Subjects
• Assessment of Serotonergic Functions in Longterm Users of Hoasca Tea
• Quantitative
Determination
of
Active
Constituents of Hoasca Teas in Plasma
• Quantitative
Determination
of
Active
Constituents of Hoasca Teas
Most of these objectives were achieved, and the
results have been published in various peer-reviewed
scientific journals (Grob, et al., 1996; Callaway, et
al., 1994; Callaway, et al., 1996;. Callaway, et al.,
1997). The results are summarized briefly below.
Assessment of Acute and Long-term Psychological
Effects of Hoasca Teas (Grob, et al., 1996)
The subjects in all of the studies consisted of a
group of fifteen healthy, male volunteers, all of whom
had belonged to the UDV for a minimum of ten
years, and who ingested hoasca on average of once
every two weeks, in the context of the UDV ritual.
None of the subjects actively used tobacco, alcohol,
or any drugs other than hoasca.
For some
comparative aspects of the study, a control group of
fifteen age-matched males was also used; these
individuals were recruited from among the friends and
siblings of the volunteer subjects, and like them were
local residents of Manaus having similar diets and
socio-economic status. None of the control subjects
were members of the UDV, and none had ever
ingested hoasca tea.
The psychological assessments, administered to
both groups, consisted of structured psychiatric
diagnostic interviews, personality testing, and
neuropsychological
evaluations.
Measures
administered to the UDV hoasca drinkers, but not to
the hoasca-niave group, included semistructured and
open-ended life story
interviews,
and
a
phenomenological assessment of the altered state
elicited by hoasca, was quantified using the
Hallucinogen Rating Scale developed by Dr. Rick
Strassman in his work with DMT and psilocybin in
human subjects (Strassman, et al., 1994).
The UDV volunteers showed significant
differences from the hoasca-naive subjects in the
Tridimensional Personality Questionnaire (TPQ) and
the WHO-UCLA Auditory Verbal Learning Test.
The TPQ assesses three general areas of behavior,
69
McKenna et al., Investigation of ayahuasca
viz., novelty-seeking, harm avoidance, and reward
physical health, and significant improvements in
dependence.
With respect to novelty-seeking
interpersonal, work, and family interactions.
behaviors, UDV members were found to have greater
stoic rigidity vs exploratory excitability, greater
Assessment of Serotonergic Functions in Longregimentation vs disorderliness, and a trend toward
term Users of Hoasca (Callaway, et al., 1994)
greater reflection vs impulsivity; but there was no
Another objective of the study was to investigate
difference between the groups on the spectrum
whether long-term use of hoasca resulted in any
between reserve and extravagance. On the harm
identifiable “biochemical marker” that was correlated
reduction scale, UDV subjects had significantly
with hoasca consumption, particularly with respect to
greater confidence vs fear of uncertainty, and trends
serotonergic functions, since the hoasca alkaloids
toward greater gregariousness vs shyness, and greater
primarily affect functions mediated by this
optimism vs anticipatory worry. No significant
neurotransmitter. Ideally, such a study could be
differences were found between the two groups in
carried out on post-mortem brains of long-term
criteria related to reward-dependence.
drinkers in comparison to those of non-drinkers. In
The fifteen UDV volunteers and the control
this study, this ideal could not be attained due to the
subjects were also given the WHO-UCLA Auditory
fact that the subjects were still alive and using their
Learning Verbal Memory Test.
Experimental
brains!
We settled on looking at serotonin
subjects performed significantly better than controls
transporter receptors in blood platelets as the next
on word recall tests. There was also a trend, though
best alternative, using [3H]-citalopram to label the
not statistically significant, for the UDV subjects to
receptors in binding assays.
The up-or down
perform better than controls on number of words
regulation of peripheral platelet receptors is
recalled, delayed recall, and words recalled after
considered indicative of similar biochemical events
interference.
occurring in the brain, although there is some
The Hallucinogen Rating Scale, developed by
controversy about the correlation between platelet
Strassman et. al (1994) for the phenomenological
receptor changes and changes in CNS receptors
assessment of subjects given intravenous doses of
medications (Stahl, 1977; Pletscher and Laubscher,
DMT, was administered to the UDV volunteers only
1980; Rotman, 1980). However, platelet receptors
(since control subjects did not receive the drug). All
were deemed suitable for the purposes of our study, as
of the clinical clusters on the HRS were in the mild
our objective was not to resolve this controversy but
end of the spectrum compared to intravenous DMT.
simply to determine if some kind of long-term
The clusters for affect, intensity, cognition, and
biochemical marker could be identified. Neither did
volition, were comparable to an intravenous DMT
we postulate any conclusions about the possible
dose of 0.1 to 0.2 mg/kg, and the cluster for
“adverse” or “beneficial” implications of such a
perception was comparable to 0.1 mg/kg intravenous
marker, if detected. We conducted the assays on
DMT, and the cluster for somatesthesia was less than
platelets collected from the same group of 15
the lowest dose of DMT measured by the scale, 0.05
volunteers after they had abstained from consuming
mg/kg.
the tea for a period of three weeks. We also collected
The most striking findings of the psychological
platelet specimens from the age-matched controls who
assessment came from the structured diagnostic
were not hoasca drinkers. We were surprised to find
interviews, and the semi-structured open-ended life
a significant up-regulation in the density of the
story interviews. The Composite International
citalopram binding sites in the hoasca drinkers
Diagnostic Interview (CIDI) was used for the
compared to control subjects. While the hoasca
structured diagnostic interview. None of the UDV
drinkers had a higher density of receptors, there was
subjects had a current psychiatric diagnosis, whereas
no change in the affinity of the receptors for the
two of the control subjects had an active diagnosis of
labelled citalopram. The significance of this finding,
alcohol abuse and hypochondriasis. Only one subject
if any, is unclear. There is no other pharmacological
among the controls had a past psychiatric disorder
agent which is known to cause a similar
that was no longer present; an alcohol abuse disorder
upregulation, although chronic administration of 5that had remitted two years previously. However,
HT uptake inhibitors has been reported to decrease
prior to membership in the UDV, eleven of the UDV
both Bmax (the density of binding sites) and 5-HT
subjects had diagnoses of alcohol abuse disorders,
transporter RNA in rats (Hrinda 1987; Lesch et al.,
two had had past major depressive disorders, four had
1993). Increases in Bmax for the uptake site in
past histories of drug abuse (cocaine and
human platelets have been correlated with old age
amphetamines), eleven were addicted to tobacco, and
(Marazziti et al, 1989) and also the dark phase of the
three had past phobic anxiety disorders. Five of the
circadian cycle in rabbits (Rocca et al., 1989). It has
subjects with a history of alcoholism also had
been speculated (Marazziti et al, 1989) that
histories of violent behavior associated with binge
upregulation of 5-HT uptake sites in the aged may be
drinking. All of these pathological diagnoses had
related to the natural course of neuronal decline.
remitted following entry into the UDV. All of the
Although our sample size was limited, we found no
UDV subjects interviewed reported the subjective
correlation with age, and the mean age of the sample
impression that their use of hoasca tea within the
was 38 years. Also, none of our subjects showed
context of the UDV had led to improved mental and
evidence of any neurological or psychiatric deficit. In
70
fact, in view of their exceptionally healthy
psychological profiles, one of the investigators
speculated that perhaps the serotonergic upregulation
is associated, not simply with age, but with
“wisdom” -- a characteristic often found in the aged,
and in many hoasca drinkers.
Another interesting self-experiment related to this
finding was carried out by one of the investigators,
Jace Callaway, following his return to Finland after
the field phase of the study was completed. Dr.
Callaway has access to Single Photon Emission
Computerized Tomography (SPECT) scanning
facilities in the Department of Pharmacology at the
University of Kuopio. Suspecting that the causative
agent of the unexpected upregulation might be
tetrahydroharmine (THH), Dr. Callaway took
SPECT scans of his own brain 5-HT uptake receptors
prior to beginning a six week course of daily dosing
with tetrahydroharmine, repeating the scan after the
treatment period. He did indeed find that the density
of central 5-HT receptors in the prefrontal cortex had
increased; when he discontinued THH, their density
gradually returned to previous levels over the course
of several weeks. While this experiment only had
one subject, if it is indicative of a general effect of
THH that can be replicated and confirmed, the
implications are potentially significant. A severe
deficit of 5-HT uptake sites in the frontal cortex has
been found to be correlated with aggressive disorders
in violent alcoholics; if THH is able to specifically
reverse this deficit, it may have applications in the
treatment of this syndrome. These findings are
especially interesting when viewed in the context of
the psychological data collected in the hoasca study
(Grob, et al., 1996). The majority of the subjects
had had a previous history of alcoholism, and many
had displayed violent behavior in the years prior to
joining the UDV; virtually all attributed their
recovery and change in behavior to their use of hoasca
tea in the UDV rituals. While it can be argued that
their reformation was due to the supportive social and
psychological environment found within the UDV,
the finding of this long-term change in precisely the
serotonin system that is deficient in violent
alcoholism, argues that biochemical factors may also
play a role
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
point measurements were discontinued. Breaths per
minute fluctuated throughout the 240 minutes, from a
low of 18.5 at baseline to a high of 23 breaths per
minute at 100 minutes. Temperature rose from a
baseline low of 37 ° C at baseline to a high of 37.3
°C at 240 min (although the ambient temperature
also increased comparably during the course of the
experiments, which were conducted from 10:00 16:00). Heart rate increased from 71.9 bpm at
baseline to a maximum of 79.3 bpm by 20 minutes,
decreased to 64.5 bpm by 120 minutes, then
gradually returned toward basal levels by 240
minutes. There was a concomitant increase in blood
pressure; both systolic and diastolic pressure
increased to maxima at 40 minutes (137.3 and 92.0
mm Hg respectively) over baseline values (126.3 and
82.7 mm Hg respectively) and returned to basal
values by 180 minutes.
We also measured
nueroendocrine response for plasma prolactin,
cortisol, and grwoth hormone; all showed a rapid and
dramatic increases over basal values from 60 minutes
(cortisol) to 90 minutes (growth hormone) to 120
minutes (prolactin) after ingestion. The observed
response, typical of serotonergic agonists, are
comparable to the values reported by Strassman &
Qualls (1994) in response to injected DMT. In our
study, however, the response to oral DMT was
delayed by a factor of four or five. Dr. Russell
Poland, of the Harbor-UCLA Medical Center, carried
out the neuroendocrine measurements.
Characterization of the Pharmacokinetics of
Hoasca Alkaloids in Human Subjects (Callaway,
et al., 1996; 1997)
The fourth objective of the study was to measure
pharmacokinetic parameters of the hoasca alkaloids in
plasma following ingestion of hoasca tea, and to
correlate this to the amounts of alkaloids ingested.
The UDV collaborators held a special “preparo” to
prepare the sample of hoasca that was used for all
subjects in the study. The mestres confirmed the
activity in the usual manner, via ingestion, and
pronounced it active and suitable for use in the study.
Subsequent analysis by HPLC found the tea to
contain, in mg/ml: harmine, 1.7; harmaline, 0.2;
THH, 1.07; and DMT 0.24. Each subject received
an aliquot of tea equivalent to 2 ml/kg body weight,
which was consumed in a single draught. Based on
the average body weight (74.2 ± 11.3 kg), the average
dose of tea was 148.4 ± 22.6 ml, containing an
average of 35.5 mg DMT, 158.8 mg THH, 29.7 mg
harmaline, and 252.3 mg harmine. These doses are
above the threshold level of activity for DMT as a
psychedelic, and for harmine and THH as MAO
inhibitors; harmaline is essentially a trace constituent
of hoasca tea (Callaway, et al., 1996, 1997).
Only 12 of the 15 volunteers had sufficient
plasma levels of DMT to permit pharmacokinetic
measurements, possibly due to early emesis during
the course of the session. Of these, the maximum
plasma concentration (Cmax) (15.8 ng/ml) occurred
at 107 minutes after ingestion, while the half-life (T1/2
Assessment of the Acute Physiological Effects of
Hoasca Tea (Callaway, et al., 1997)
The major focus of the biochemical and
physiological measurements carried out for the study
was on the acute effects subsequent to consuming
hoasca tea. One of the objectives was simply to
measure the effects of hoasca on standard
physiological functions, such as heart rate, blood
pressure, and pupillary diameter, subsequent to
ingestion. We found that all of these responses were
well within normal parameters.
Hoasca, not
surprisingly, caused an increase in pupillary diameter
from baseline (pre-dose) levels of 3.7 mm to
approximately 4.7 mm at 40 minutes, which
continued to 240 minutes after ingestion at which
71
McKenna et al., Investigation of ayahuasca
was 259 minutes. THH was measured in 14 of the
suggest themselves for future research, the following
15 subjects; the Cmax was 91 ng/ml, reached at 174
seem obvious:
min. This compound displayed a prolonged half-life
• Effect of hoasca on women, particularly
of 532 minutes, in contrast to harmine which had a
pregnant and/or lactating women.
For
half-life of 115.6 min. The Cmax for harmine and
simplicity’s sake, our initial study included only
harmaline was 114.8 and 6.3 ng/ml, respectively, and
male subjects who had imbibed the tea on a
time of maximum concentration (Tmax) was 102 and
regular basis for at least ten years. Thus our
145 minutes, respectively. The T 1/2 for harmaline
sample was deliberately restricted; it included
could not be measured (Callaway, et al.,1997).
only experienced hoasca drinkers, and only men,
In many ways this study was conceived because
just to minimize the number of variables. But
of the need to collect some basic data on the
women also drink hoasca, and moreover, most
physiological and pharmacokinetic characteristics of
do so throughout pregnancy and lactation;
ayahuasca, since none had previously existed. The
indeed, children in the UDV are baptized with a
conclusions to be drawn from the results, if any, are
tiny spoonful of hoasca, although they are not
interesting and potentially significant, particularly in
usually exposed to pharmacologically active
that these findings may offer a physiological rationale
amounts until at least age 13. There are many
for the marked improvements in psychological health
issues here worthy of study. For example,
that is correlated with long-term hoasca use. Not
women claim that hoasca has positive benefits
surprisingly, the highest plasma concentrations of
both in managing their pregnancy, and in
DMT correlated with the most intense subjective
assisting birth; many will take hoasca during
effects; however, the psychological measurement
labor to facilitate the process. The role of hoasca
(Hallucinogen Rating
Scale) indicated that
during pregnancy and lactation, whether adverse
comparable plasma levels of injected DMT in the
or positive, is just one of a score of questions
study by Strassman & Qualls (1994) gave effects that
which could be answered by follow-up studies
were more intense than those reported from the hoasca
using women hoasca drinkers.
tea. One possible explanation is that THH, by acting
• Prospective studies, with children and new
as a 5-HT reuptake inhibitor, may have resulted in a
members. For similar reasons, our study did
greater availability of 5-HT at the synapse, and this
not include any recent converts to the UDV, nor
may have competed with DMT for occupancy at
any children, who, if they choose, are allowed to
serotonergic synapses.
attend UDV sessions and imbibe smaller
Another point worthy of remark is that the
amounts of hoasca as early as age 13. Nor did
activity of THH in hoasca is apparently more a
the study include any recent adult converts to the
function of its inhibition of 5-HT uptake than to its
UDV. Clearly, prospective studies of both
action as an MAOI. THH is a poor MAOI compared
groups could add a great deal to our knowledge.
to harmine (EC50 = 1.4 x 10 -5 M vs 8 x 10 -8 M for
In view of our finding that hoasca apparently
harmine), and while the plasma levels for harmine are
brings about long-term increases in serotonin
well above the EC50 values, those for THH are well
uptake receptor densities, the implications of this
below the EC 50 value for this compound as an MAOI.
need to be further investigated, and prospective
studies may clarify this question. For instance,
is the increase in serotonin uptake sites a
Future Studies
consequence of regular imbibition of hoasca, as
The major objectives of the initial biomedical
would seem the obvious conclusion, or are
investigation of hoasca have been met, including the
hoasca drinkers as a group biased toward those
overall objective, that of developing a basic body of
who are predisposed toward naturally high
descriptive information on the physiological and
receptor densities?
And what are the
psychopharmacological characteristics of the tea.
implications of either finding?
Similar
But, like all good science, these investigations raise
questions,
as
well
as
a
host
of
sociological
and
more question than they have answered. It seems
developmental
questions,
could
be
addressed
in a
clear that ayahuasca is relatively safe; it can be taken
prospective
study
of
children
of
UDV
members
on a regular schedule for months or even years
who remain in the group and start to imbibe
without producing any adverse effect. Indeed, all of
hoasca regularly in adolescence. An obvious
our subjects were highly functional individuals who
question to answer in this context would be an
attribute much of their “coping” skills to the tea and
assessment of children and adolescents who were
the lessons it has taught them, albeit within the
exposed to hoasca in utero, to determine the
doctrinal context of the UDV. None of them showed
impact, if any, of prenatal hoasca exposure on
any signs of physical disease, or neurological or
their subsequent neurological and psychological
psychological deficits, indeed, many had higher
development. Another question germane to the
scores in some of the psychometric testing regimes
possible long-term health benefits of regular
than comparable control subjects who had never
hoasca use is that of whether the practice might
imbibed hoasca. Yet many questions remain, and it
prove to be prophylactic against alcohol and drug
is to be hoped that future investigations will be done,
abuse for adolescents who consume the tea
and that some of the most relevant questions will be
within the UDV structure.
at least partially answered. Among areas which
72
•
•
•
Brain imaging and electrophysiological
studies To the degree that facilities can be made
available, brain imaging and electrophysiological
studies of the acute and chronic effects of hoasca
would further fill in the picture of its
pharmacological characteristics.
Therapeutic applications of hoasca in
treatment of substance abuse and alcoholism
The experience of UDV members, recounted in
the structured “life-story” interviews, would
seem to indicate that hoasca has real potential as
a therapeutic agent in treating substance abuse
and/or alcoholism
as well
as
other
psychopathologies. Most of the subjects interviewed were involved with substance abuse prior
to joining the UDV, and have since ceased.
Most attribute their recovery to the tea; it would
seem that confirmation of their experience and
further information could be collected relatively
easily, perhaps through a prospective study using
recent converts to the UDV having prior
involvement with substance abuse or other
addictive disorders.
Immunomodulatory
effects
of
hoasca
Another parameter that could be easily assessed,
that may have important implications for the
long-term health effects of hoasca, is the question
of its possible effects on the immune system.
Hoasca may be an immunostimulant, and thus
potentially beneficial in maintaining resistance to
disease; on the other hand, it could be an
immunosuppressant, and this would also have
serious implications for long-term or frequent
use. Although hoasca tea is customarily used as
a ritual sacrament rather than a medicine,
anecdotal reports suggesting that hoasca may
facilitate recovery from serious illnesses such as
cancer, and well-designed studies are needed to
investigate this question. One possibility is that
discontinuation of the use of alcohol, tobacco,
and drugs of abuse, as is common in UDV
members, may contribute to long-term salutary
effects on health.
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
Now, the process that has unfolded in Western
culture since Richard Spruce first reported on
ayahuasca use among the Indians of the Norwthwest
Amazon in 1855 (Anon, 1855; Spruce, 1873) has
reached a new stage. Ayahuasca has emerged from
the Amazonian jungles where it has remained cloaked
in obscurity for thousands of years, to become the
sacramental vehicle for new syncretic religious
movements that are now diffusing from their center of
origin in Brazil to Europe, the United States, and
throughout the world. As the world observes this
process unfolding (with joyous anticipation for some,
and with considerable trepidation for others), the
focus for the scientific study and understanding of
ayahuasca has shifted from the ethnographer’s field
notes and the ethnobotanist’s herbarium specimens,
to the neurophysiologist’s laboratory and the
psychiatrist’s examining room. With the completion
of the first detailed biomedical investigation of
ayahuasca, science now has the basic corpus of data
needed to ask further questions, regarding the
pharmacological actions, the toxicities and possible
dangers, and the considerable potential Ayahuasca has
to heal the human mind, body, and spirit.
Humanity’s relationship with ayahuasca is a longterm commitment, expressed on an evolutionary time
scale, that has already taught us much, and from
which we can still learn much, provided we have the
courage, and the tools, to ask the right questions.
Summary
Ayahuasca, or hoasca, whether known by these
names, or any of numerous other designations, has
long been a subject of fascination to ethnographers,
botanists, psychopharmacologists, and others with an
interest in the many facets of the human relationship
with, and use of, psychoactive plants. With its
complex botanical, chemical, and pharmacological
characteristics, and its position of prime importance
in the ethnomedical and magico-religious practices of
indigenous Amazonian peoples, the investigation of
ayahuasca in its many aspects has been an impetus to
the furtherence of our scientific understanding of the
brain/mind interface, and of the role that psychoactive
plant alkaloids have played, and continue to play, in
the quest of the human spirit to discover and to
understand its own trancendent nature.
73
McKenna et al., Investigation of ayahuasca
References
Canessa, M., E. Jaimovich, and M. de la Fuente
Airaksinen, M. M. and I. Kari, (1981) ß-carbolines,
(1973) Harmaline: a competitive inhibitor of Na+
psychoactive compounds in the mammalian
ion in the (Na + /K+)ATPase system. Journal of
body. Medical Biology 59: 21-34.
Membrane Biology 13:263-282.
Allen, J. R. F. & B. Holmstedt (1980) the simple ßde Rios, M. Dobkin (1972) Visionary vine:
carboline alkaloids. Phytochemistry 19:1573Psychedelic healing in the Peruvian Amazon.
1582
International Journal of Social Psychiatry 17:
Anonymous (1855) Journal of a voyage up the
256-269.
Amazon and Rio Negro by Richard Spruce, San
de Rios, M. Dobkin (1973) Curing with ayahuasca
Carlos del Rio Negro, June 27, 1853. Hooker
in an urban slum.
In Harner, M. (ed.)
Journal of Botany and Kew Garden Miscellany,
Hallucinogens and Shamanism.
Oxford
Nos. 6&7.
University Press. London.
Barker, S. A. J. A. Monti, and S. T. Christian
de Rios, M. Dobkin (1994, January) Drug tourism in
(1980) Metabolism of the hallucinogen N,Nthe Amazon. Omni, p. 20.
dimethyltryptamine in rat brain homogenates.
de Sousa, R. C., & A. Grosso; (1978) VasopressinBiochemical Pharmacology 29: 1049-1057.
like effects of a hallucinogenic drug - harmaline Barker, S. A. J. A. Monti, and S. T. Christian
on sodium and water transport. Journal of
(1981a)
N,N-dimethyltryptamine:
An
Membrane Biology 40: 77-94
endogenous hallucinogen. International Review
Fischman, L. G. (1983) Dreams, hallcinogenic drug
of Neurobiology 22: 823-110.
states, and schizophrenia: a psychological and
Bloom, F., J. Barchus, M. Sandler, and E. Usdin
biological comparison. Schizophrenia Bulletin
(eds). (1982) ß-carbolines and Tetrahydro9: 73-94.
isoquinolines. Alan R. Liss; New York.
Grob, C. S., D. J. McKenna, J. C. Callaway, G. S.
Buckholtz, Neil S., & W. O. Boggan (1976) Effects
Brito, E. S. Neves, G. Oberlender, O. L. Saide,
of tetrahydro-ß-carbolines on monoamine oxidase
E. Labigalini, C. Tacla, C. T. Miranda, R. J.
and serotonin uptake in mouse brain.
Strassman, K. B. Boone (1996) Human
Biochemical Pharmacology 25: 2319-2321.
pharmacology of hoasca, a plant hallucinogen
Buckholtz, Neil S., & W. O. Boggan (1977)
used in ritual context in Brasil: Journal of
Monoamine oxidase inhibition in brain and liver
Nervous & Mental Disease. 184:86-94.
produced by
B-carbolines: structure-activity
Hashimoto, Y. & K. Kawanishi (1975) New organic
relationships
and
substrate
specificity.
bases from Amazonian Banisteriopsis caapi.
Biochemical Pharmacology 26:1991-1996
Phytochemistry 14: 1633-1635.
Burroughs, W.S., & A. Ginsberg (1963) The Yage
Hashimoto, Y. &
K. Kawanishi(1976) New
Letters. City Lights Books, San Francisco.
alkaloids
from
Banisteriopsis
caapi.
Callaway, J.C. (1988) A proposed mechanism for the
Phytochemistry 15: 1559-1560.
visions of dream sleep. Medical Hypotheses 26:
Hayashi, K., M. Nagao, & T. Sugimura (1977).
119-124.
Interactions of harman and norharman with DNA.
Callaway, J.C., M. M. Airaksinen, Dennis J.
Nucleic Acids Research 4:3679-3685.
McKenna, Glacus S. Brito, & charles S. Grob
Ho B. T. (1977) Pharmacological and biochemical
(1994) Platelet serotonin uptake sites increased
studies with ß-carboline analogs. In Essman,
in drinkers of ayahuasca. Psychopharmacology
W. B. and L. Vazelli (eds.) Current
116: 385-387
Developments in Psychopharmacology Vol 4.
Callaway, J.C., J. Gynther, A. Poso, A.
Spectrum Press, New York.
Vepsäläinen, M.M. Airaksenin (1994) The
Hopp, K.H., L. V.. Cunningham, M. C. Bromel, L.
Pictet-Spengler
reaction
and
biogenic
J. Schermeister, & S. K. W. Kahlil (1976) In
tryptamines: formation of tetrahydro-β-carbolines
vitro antitrypanosomal activity of certain
at physiological pH. J. Hetero. Chem. 31: 431alkaloids against Trypanosoma lewisi. Lloydia
435.
39:375-77
Callaway, J. C., D. J. McKenna, C. S. Grob, G. S.
Hrinda P.D. (1987) Regulation of high- and low-[3H]Brito, L. P. Raymon, R.E. Poland, E. N.
imipramine sites in rat brain by chronic
Andrade, E. O. Andrade, D. C. Mash (1997)
treatment with antidepressants.
European
Pharmacology of Hoasca alkaloids in Healthy
Journal of Pharmacology 138:159-168.
Humans. Journal of Analytical Toxicology. In
Johnson, D. D., T. E. Fisher, J. M. Tuchek, & R.
Press.
D. Crawford (1984) Pharmacology of methylCallaway, J. C., L. P. Raymon, W. L. Hearn, D. J.
and propyl-B-carbolines in a hereditary model of
McKenna, C. S. Grob, G. S. Brito, D. C. Mash
epilepsy. Neuropharmacology 23:1015-1017
(1996) Quantitation of N,N-dimethyltryptamine
Kawanishi, K., Y. Uhara, and Y. Hasimoto (1982)
and harmala alkaloids in human plasma after oral
Shinunine
and
dihydroshihunine
from
dosing with Ayahuasca. Journal of Analytical
Banisteriopsis caapi.
Journal of Natural
Toxicology 20: 492-497
Products 45: 637-38.
Krajick, K. (1992, June 15). Vision quest.
Newsweek, pp. 44-45
74
Lamb, F.B. (1971) Wizard of the Upper Amazon: the
Story of Manuel Cordova-Rios. HoughtonMiflin, Boston.
Langer, S. Z, R. Raisman, M. S. Briley, D.
Schecter, and E. Zarafian (1980) Platelets from
depressed patients have a decreased number of
3
H-imipramine binding
sites. Federation
Proceedings, Federation of American Society for
Experimental Biology 30:1097.
Langer, S. Z., C. R. Lee, A. Segnozac, T. Tateishi,
H. Esnaud, H. Schoemaker, & B. Winblad
(1984) Possible endocrine role of the pineal
gland for 6-methoxytetrahydro-ß-carboline, a
putative endogenous neuromodulator of the
[3H]imipramine recognition site. European
Journal of Pharmacology 102:379-380
Lesch, K. P., C.S. Aulakh, B.L. Wolozin, T.J.
Tolliver, J.L. Hill, D. L. Murphy (1993)
Regional brain expression of serotonin
transporter mRNA and its regulation by reuptake
inhibiting antidepressants.
Molecular Brain
Research 17:31-35.
Lippke, K. P., W. G. Schunack, W. Wenning, &
W. E. Muller (1983)
ß-carbolines as
benzodiazepine receptor ligands: 1. Synthesis
and benzodiazepine receptor interaction of esters
of ß-carboline-3-carboxylic acid. Journal of
Medicinal Chemistry 26:499-503
Luna, Luis E. (1984) The healing practices of a
Peruvian
shaman.
Journal
of
Ethnopharmacology 11:123-133
Luna, Luis E. (1986) Vegitalismo: Shamanism
Among the Mestizo Population of thePeruvian
Amazon. Stockholm: Almqvist and Wiksell
International.
Luna, Luis E., & Pablo Amaringo (1991) Ayahuasca
Visions: The Religious Iconography of a
Peruvian Shaman.
North Atlantic Books,
Berkeley, CA
Marazziti, D., M. Falcone, A. Rotondo, P.
Castrogiovanni (1989) Age related differences in
human platelet 5-HT uptake.
NaunynSchmiedeberg’s Arch. Pharmacol. 340:593-594.
McKenna D. J. & G. H. N. Towers (1981) Ultraviolet mediated cytotoxic activity of ß-carboline
alkaloids. Phytochemistry 20(5):1001-1004.
McKenna, D. J. & G. H. N. Towers (1985) On the
comparative
ethnopharmacology
of
the
Malpighiaceous
and
Myristicaceous
hallucinogens. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs,
17:35-39.
McKenna, D., G. H. N. Towers, & F. S. Abbott.
(1984) Monoamine oxidase inhibitors in South
American hallucinogenic plants: Tryptamine and
ß-carboline constituents of ayahuasca. Journal of
Ethnopharmacology 10:195-223
McKenna, D.J., & G. H. N. Towers (1984).
Biochemistry and pharmacology of tryptamines
and ß-carbolines: A minireview. Journal of
Psychoactive Drugs 16:347-358
The Heffter Review of Psychedelic Research, Volume 1, 1998
McKenna, Dennis J., L. E. Luna, & G. H. N.
Towers, (1995) Biodynamic constituents in
Ayahuasca admixture plants: an uninvestigated
folk pharmacopoeia. In: von Reis, S., and R. E.
Schultes (eds). Ethnobotany: Evolution of a
Discipline. Dioscorides Press, Portland
Melchior, C. & M. A. Collins (1982) The route and
significance of endogenous synthesis of alkaloids
in animals.
CRC Critical Reviews in
Toxicology 9: 313-356
Morin, A. M. (1984) ß-carboline kindling of the
benzodiazepine receptor. Brain
Research
321:151-154
Naranjo, C. (1967) Psychotropic properties of the
harmala alkaloids. in D. H. Efron, B. Holmstedt,
& N. S. Kline (eds.) Ethnopharmacologic
Search for Psychoactive Drugs. U.S. Public
Health Service Publication # 1645
Naranjo, P. (1986) El ayahuasca in la arqueología
ecuatoriana. America Indigena 46: 117-128.
Nichols, D. E., Robert Oberlender, and McKenna, D.
J.
(1991)
Stereochemical
Aspects
of
Hallucinogenesis. Chapter 1, pp. 1-39 in R. R.
Watson (ed.) Biochemistry and Physiology of
Substance Abuse, Vol. III. CRC Press, Boca
Raton, FL.
Ott, J. (1993) Pharmacotheon: Entheogenic Drugs,
their Plant Sources and History.
Natural
Products, Kennewick, WA.
Phäkla, R., L. Rago, J.C. Callaway, M.M.
Airaksinen (1997) binding of pinoline on the 5hydroxytryptamine transporter: competitive
interaction with [3H]-citalopram. Pharmacol &
Toxicol. 80: 122-126.
Pletscher, A. and A. Laubscher (1980) Use and
limitations of platelets as models for neurons:
Amine release and shape change reaction. In
Platelets: Cellular response Mechanisms and
Their Biological Significance. Rotman, A. et
al. (eds) pp. 267-276
Rahwan, R. G. (1975) Toxic effects of ethanol possible role of acetaldehyde, tetrahydroisoquinolines, and tetrahydro-ß-carbolines. Toxicology
and Applied Pharmacology 24: 3-27.
Rivier, L., & J. Lindgren (1972) Ayahausca, the
South
American
hallucinogenic
drink:
Ethnobotanical and chemical investigations.
Economic Botany 29:101-129
Rocca, P. A-M Galzin, S. A. Langer (1989) Lightdark differences in [3H]-paroxetine binding in
rabbit platelet membranes. .
NaunynSchmiedeberg’s Arch. Pharmacol. 340:41-44.
Rodriguez, E., J. C. Cavin, and J. E. West (1982)
The possible role of Amazonian psychoactive
plants in the chemotherapy of parasitic worms: a
hypothesis. Journal of Ethnopharmacology 6:
303-309.
Rommelspacher, H., S. Strauss & J. Lindemann
(1980) Excretion of tetrahydroharmane and
harmane into the urine of man after a load with
ethanol. FEBS Letters 109:209-212
75
McKenna et al., Investigation of ayahuasca
Rotman, A. (1980) The use of blood platelets
Umezawa, K., A. Shirai, T. Matsushima, & T.
serotonin uptake as a model in the study of
Sugimura (1978). Co-mutagenic effect of harman
mental
illness.
In:
Enzymes
and
and norharman with 2-acetyl-aminoflourine
Neurotransmitters in Mental Disease. Usdin,
derivatives.
Proceedings of the National
E., T. L. Sourkes, and M. B. H. Youdim (eds)
Academy of Sciences USA 75:928-930
pp. 65-76. John Wiley and Sons.
Weil, A.T. (1980) In the land of yage. In: The
Schultes, R. E. (1957) The identity of the
Marriage of the Sun and Moon: A Quest for
Malpighiaceous narcotics of South America.
Unity in Consciousness.
Houghton-Mifflin,
Harvard Botanical Museum Leaflets 18:1-56
Boston.
Schultes, R. E. (1972) Ethnotoxocological
Yasuhara, H (1974) Studies on monoamine oxidase
significance of additives to New World
(report XXIV). Effect of harmine on monoamine
hallucinogens. Plant Science Bulletin 18: 34-41
oxidase. Japanese Journal of Pharmacology 24:
Schultes, R. E. and A. Hofmann (1980) The Botany
523-533
and Chemistry of Hallucinogens, 2nd. Edition.
Yasuhara, H, S. Sho, & K. Kamijo (1972)
Charles C. Thomas, Publishers, Springfield, Ill.
Differences in the actions of harmine on the
Shulgin, A. T. (1982) Psychotomimetic drugs:
oxidations of serotonin and tyramine by beef
structure-activity relationships. In Handbook of
brain mitochondrial MAO. Japanese Journal of
Psychopharmacology Vol. 11. L. L. Iversen, S.
Pharmacology 22: 439-441.
D. Iversen, and S. H. Snyder (eds.) Plenum
Press, New York.
Spruce, R.A. (1873) On some remarkable narcotics of
the Amazon Valley and Orinoco.
Ocean
Highways. Geographical Magazine 1:184-193.
Stafford, P. (1977) Psychedelics Encyclopedia.
And/Or Press, Berkeley, CA.
Stahl, Stephen M. (1977) The human platelet: a
diagnostic and research tool for the study of
biogenic amines in psychiatric and neurologic
disorders. Archives of General Psychiatry 34:
509 516.
Suzuki, O. Y., Katsumata, Y., Oya, M. (1981)
Characterization of eight biogenic indolamines as
substrates for type A and type B monoamine
oxidase. Biochem. Pharmacol. 30: 1353-1358.
Strassman, R. J. & C. R. Qualls (1994) Doseresponse study of N,N-dimethyltryptamine in
humans I: Neuroendocrine, autonomic, and
cardiovascular effects. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry
51:85-97.
Szara, S. (1956) Dimethyltryptamine:
its
metabolism in man; the relation of its psychotic
effect to the serotonin metabolism. Experientia
12: 411-441.
Taylor, D. L., P. B. Silverman, B. T. Ho (1984)
Effects of 6-methoxytetrahydro-ß-carboline on 5hydroxytryptamine binding in rat brain. Journal
of Pharmacy and Pharmacology 1984. 36: 125127.
Towers, G. H. N. and Z. Abramosky (1983) UVmediated genotoxicity of furanoquinoline and of
certain tryptophan-derived alkaloids. Journal of
Natural Products 46 576-581.
Udenfriend, S., B. Witkop, B. G. Redfield, & H.
Weissbach (1958) Studies with reversible
inhibitors of monoamine oxidase: Harmaline
and
related
compounds.
Biochemical
Pharmacology 1:160-165
76

Similar documents

×

Report this document